WO2015081133A2 - Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer - Google Patents

Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015081133A2
WO2015081133A2 PCT/US2014/067485 US2014067485W WO2015081133A2 WO 2015081133 A2 WO2015081133 A2 WO 2015081133A2 US 2014067485 W US2014067485 W US 2014067485W WO 2015081133 A2 WO2015081133 A2 WO 2015081133A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cio
alkyl
substituted alkyl
unsubstituted alkyl
butoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2014/067485
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2015081133A3 (en
Inventor
Cyril B. Dousson
David Dukhan
Christophe Claude Parsy
Original Assignee
Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to MX2016006919A priority Critical patent/MX2016006919A/en
Priority to CN201480074219.4A priority patent/CN105934438A/en
Priority to AU2014354775A priority patent/AU2014354775A1/en
Priority to RU2016125213A priority patent/RU2016125213A/en
Priority to US15/039,176 priority patent/US10030044B2/en
Priority to JP2016535003A priority patent/JP2017504572A/en
Priority to BR112016011949A priority patent/BR112016011949A8/pt
Priority to CA2931458A priority patent/CA2931458A1/en
Priority to EP14820984.4A priority patent/EP3074411A2/en
Priority to KR1020167016634A priority patent/KR20160099090A/en
Publication of WO2015081133A2 publication Critical patent/WO2015081133A2/en
Publication of WO2015081133A3 publication Critical patent/WO2015081133A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • C07H19/20Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • C07H19/207Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids the phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids being esterified by a further hydroxylic compound, e.g. flavine adenine dinucleotide or nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7076Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06Pyrimidine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06Pyrimidine radicals
    • C07H19/10Pyrimidine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/14Pyrrolo-pyrimidine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • C07H19/20Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/23Heterocyclic radicals containing two or more heterocyclic rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system, not provided for in groups C07H19/14 - C07H19/22
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/24Heterocyclic radicals containing oxygen or sulfur as ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A61K31/7072Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid having two oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. uridine, uridylic acid, thymidine, zidovudine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7076Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
    • A61K31/708Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid having oxo groups directly attached to the purine ring system, e.g. guanosine, guanylic acid

Definitions

  • nucleoside and nucleotide compounds and prodrugs are provided which can display remarkable efficacy and bioavailability for the treatment of, for example, liver cancers in a human.
  • Liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the liver cancer is a metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.).
  • Hepatocellular carcinoma also known as malignant hepatoma
  • Hepatocellular carcinoma occurs mostly in men and patients that suffer from cirrhosis. It has been the third leading cause of cancer deaths worldwide (Block ⁇ ⁇ et al., 2003, Oncogene 22:5093-5107).
  • Many patients with hepatocellular carcinoma remain asymptomatic until the disease is in its advanced stages, resulting in ineffective treatment and poor prognosis; the majority of unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma patients die within one year.
  • Treatment options for hepatocellular carcinoma have been limited, especially in the case of advanced or recurrent hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • Surgery and radiation therapy are options for early stage liver cancer, but not very effective for advanced or recurrent hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • Systematic chemotherapies have not been particularly effective, and there are a very limited number of drugs available for use.
  • the recently approved kinase inhibitor sorafenib has been shown to be effective in treating hepatocellular carcinoma. However, it can slow or stop advanced liver cancer from progressing for only a few months longer than without treatment.
  • hepatocellular carcinoma are needed.
  • the compounds are nucleoside and nucleotide analogs linked to a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate group.
  • the nucleoside and nucleotide analogs linked to a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate group can display remarkable efficacy or bioavailability, or both, for the treatment of, for example, liver cancer in a human.
  • Liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcmoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the liver cancer is a metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.).
  • the compounds provided herein are useful in the prevention and treatment of liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma,
  • cholangiocarcmoma or biliary tract cancer.
  • These compounds or formulations can also be used prophylactically to prevent or retard the progression of clinical illness in individuals who have symptoms of liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcmoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • a method for the treatment of a liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcmoma, or biliary tract cancer, or metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.), in a subject, such a human, is also provided that includes administering an effective amount of a compound provided herein, administered either alone or in combination or alternation with another anti-cancer agent, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Base is a nucleobase
  • X is O or S
  • W is O or S
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl
  • R is alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl;
  • Z 1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or cyano
  • Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, or halogen
  • Z 4 is hydroxyl, halogen, amino, or alkynyl; V is hydrogen, halogen, or amino; subject to the proviso that when, in Formula I: Z 1 is hydrogen, then: either V is halogen; or Z 4 is halogen, amino, or alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
  • Base is a nucleobase
  • W is O or S
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl
  • R is alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl.
  • the compounds provided herein are provided or administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent, such as one useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer.
  • a second therapeutic agent such as one useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer.
  • Exemplary second therapeutic agents are provided in detail elsewhere herein.
  • compositions, single unit dosage forms, and kits suitable for use in treating or preventing disorders such as liver cancer which comprise a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, and a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a second therapeutic agent such as one useful for the treatment or prevention of liver cancer.
  • a method of treatment of a liver disorder comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a treatment effective amount of a 5'- D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound described herein.
  • liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • liver disorders such as liver cancer
  • dosage forms useful for such methods.
  • alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon.
  • the alkyl group is a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon.
  • the alkyl group includes one to ten carbon atoms, i.e., C ⁇ to C 10 alkyl.
  • the alkyl group is methyl, CF 3 , CC1 3 , CFC1 2 , CF 2 CI, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t- butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, or 2,3- dimethylbutyl.
  • the term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkyl groups, including halogenated alkyl groups.
  • the alkyl group is a fluorinated alkyl group.
  • moieties with which the alkyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al. , Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, hereby incorporated by reference.
  • alkyl is C ⁇ to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl.
  • alkyl is Ci to C 10 alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH 2 , methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert- butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
  • lower alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having one to six carbon atoms, i.e., C ⁇ to C 6 alkyl.
  • the lower alkyl group is a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
  • upper alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having seven to thirty carbon atoms, i.e., C 7 to C 30 alkyl.
  • the upper alkyl group is a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be a saturated, and/or bridged, and/or non-bridged, and/or a fused bicyclic group.
  • the cycloalkyl group includes three to ten carbon atoms, i.e., C 3 to C 10 cycloalkyl.
  • the cycloalkyl has from 3 to 15 (C 3-15 ), from 3 to 10 (C 3-10 ), or from 3 to 7 (C 3 _ 7 ) carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group is
  • bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, decalinyl or adamantyl.
  • the term includes both substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups, including halogenated cycloalkyl groups.
  • the cycloalkyl group is a fluorinated cycloalkyl group.
  • Non-limiting examples of moieties with which the cycloalkyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • halogen fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo
  • oxo epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • cycloalkyl is C 3 -Ci5 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C 3 -Ci 5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH 2 , methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
  • Alkylene refers to divalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, including those having from one to eleven carbon atoms which can be straight-chained or branched. In certain embodiments, the alkylene group contains 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH 2 -), ethylene (-CH 2 CH 2 -), the propylene isomers ⁇ e.g., -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and - CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -) and the like. The term includes halogenated alkylene groups.
  • the alkylene group is a fluorinated alkylene group.
  • moieties with which the alkylene group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, alkylaryl, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, and phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • alkylene is Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkylene.
  • alkylene is Ci to C 10 alkylene substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH 2 , methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
  • alkenyl refers to monovalent olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, in certain embodiments, having up to about 11 carbon atoms, including from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which can be straight-chained or branched and having at least 1 , including from 1 to 2, site of olefinic unsaturation. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
  • the term includes halogenated alkenyl groups.
  • the alkenyl group is a fluorinated alkenyl group.
  • moieties with which the alkenyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • alkenyl is C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl.
  • alkenyl is a C 2 - Cii straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH 2 , methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec- butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to an unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon.
  • cycloalkenyl refers to mono- or multicyclic ring systems that include at least one double bond.
  • the cycloalkenyl group may be a bridged, non-bridged, and/or a fused bicyclic group.
  • the cycloalkyl group includes at least three carbon atoms, including three to ten carbon atoms, i.e., C 3 to C 10 cycloalkyl.
  • the cycloalkenyl has from 3 to 10 (C 3 _io), or from 4 to 7 (C4-7) carbon atoms.
  • the term includes both substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkenyl groups, including halogenated cycloalkenyl groups.
  • the cycloalkenyl group is a fluorinated cycloalkenyl group.
  • Non- limiting examples of moieties with which the cycloalkenyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • halogen fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo
  • oxo epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • the term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkenylene groups, including halogenated alkenylene groups.
  • the alkenylene group is a fluorinated alkenylene group.
  • moieties with which the alkenylene group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • Alkynyl refers to acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, in certain embodiments, having up to about 1 1 carbon atoms or from 2 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight-chained or branched and having at least 1 or from 1 to 2 sites of alkynyl unsaturation.
  • alkynyl groups include acetylenic, ethynyl (-C ⁇ CH), propargyl (-CH 2 C ⁇ CH), and the like.
  • the term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl groups, including halogenated alkynyl groups.
  • the alkynyl group is a fluorinated alkynyl group.
  • Non- limiting examples of moieties with which the alkynyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • alkynyl is C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkynyl.
  • alkynyl is a C 2 -Cn straight-chained or branched olefmically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefmic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH 2 , methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
  • aryl refers to a substituent derived from an aromatic ring.
  • an aryl group is a C 6 -Ci 2 aryl group.
  • an aryl group is phenyl, biphenyl or naphthyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
  • An aryl group can be substituted with any described moiety, including, but not limited to, one or more moieties selected from the group halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al. , Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991.
  • halogen fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo
  • aryl is C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl. In certain embodiments, aryl is C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CC1 3 , CFC1 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2- dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH- (Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl
  • alkoxy and alkoxyl refer to the group -OR' where R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined herein.
  • the alkoxyl or alkoxy group is -OR', wherein R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl is Ci to Cio alkyl, and cycloalkyl is C 3 to C15 cycloalkyl.
  • Alkoxy and alkoxyl groups include, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
  • Alkylcarbonyloxy refers to a radical -0-C(0)-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein.
  • Alkoxylcarbonyl refers to a radical -C(0)-alkoxyl where alkoxyl is as defined herein.
  • Alkoxylalkylcarbonyl refers to a radical -C(0)-alkyl-alkoxyl where alkoxyl and alkyl are as defined herein.
  • Alkoxylcarbonylalkyl refers to a radical -alkyl-C(0)-alkoxyl where alkoxyl and alkyl are as defined herein.
  • Alkoxylcarbonylamino refers to a radical -amino-C(0)-alkoxyl where alkoxyl and amino are as defined herein.
  • alkylcarbonylthioalkyl refers to a radical -alkyl-S-C(0)-alkyl, where alkyl is as defined herein.
  • alkoxylcarbonyl)(alkoxylcarbonylamino)alkyl refers to an alkyl radical substituted with both an alkoxylcarbonyl and an alkoxylcarbonylamino group, where "alkoxylcarbonyl” and “alkoxylcarbonylamino" are as described herein. In an embodiment, the
  • each of R 100 and R 101 is independently lower alkyl. In an embodiment, each of R 100 and R 101 is independently C1-C5 alkyl.
  • Amino refers to the group -NR 1 R 2 or -NR 1' -, wherein R 1' and R 2' are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is as defined herein.
  • alkylamino or "arylamino” refers to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively.
  • the alkyl substituent is an upper alkyl.
  • the alkyl substituent is a lower alkyl.
  • the alkyl, upper alkyl, or lower alkyl is unsubstituted.
  • Epoxy refers to an oxygen atom bonded to two carbon atoms, where the two carbon atoms are also bonded to each other.
  • Amino alcohol refers to the radical -NHLOH, wherein L is alkylene.
  • Carboxyl or “carboxy” refers to the radical -C(0)OH.
  • Halogen or "halo” refers to chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo.
  • “Monoalkylamino” refers to the group -NR'-alkyl, wherein R' is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and cycloalkyl.
  • Thioalkoxyl refers to the group -SR' where R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl.
  • heterocyclo refers to a monovalent monocyclic non- aromatic ring system and/or multicyclic ring system that contains at least one non-aromatic ring, wherein one or more of the non-aromatic ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, or N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclo or heterocyclic group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • Heterocyclo groups are bonded to the rest of the molecule through the non-aromatic ring.
  • the heterocyclo is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may include a fused or bridged ring system, and in which the nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, the nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic.
  • the heterocyclo may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound. Examples of such heterocyclic radicals include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzodioxanyl,
  • benzodioxolyl benzofuranonyl, benzopyranonyl, benzopyranyl, benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzoxazinyl, ⁇ -carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromonyl, cinnolinyl, coumarinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl,
  • heterocyclic may also be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Non-limiting examples of moieties with which the heterocyclic group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
  • halogen fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo
  • oxo epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate,
  • heteroaryl refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic group and/or multicyclic aromatic group that contain at least one aromatic ring, wherein at least one aromatic ring contains one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N in the ring. Heteroaryl groups are bonded to the rest of the molecule through the aromatic ring.
  • Each ring of a heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom.
  • the heteroaryl has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms.
  • Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furanyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl and triazolyl.
  • Examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl,
  • benzotriazolyl benzoxazolyl, furopyridyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyridopyridyl,
  • heteroaryl examples include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, benzindolyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl and xanthenyl.
  • heteroaryl may also be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • alkylaryl refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent, wherein aryl and alkyl are as defined herein.
  • aralkyl or arylalkyl refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent, wherein aryl and alkyl are as defined herein.
  • alkylheterocyclo refers to a heterocyclo group with an alkyl substituent.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to an alkyl group with a heterocyclo substituent.
  • alkylheteroaryl refers to a heteroaryl group with an alkyl substituent.
  • heteroarylalkyl refers to an alkyl group with a heteroaryl substituent.
  • hydantoinyl refers to the group , where
  • R and R are each independently hydrogen or lower alkyl.
  • hydantoinylalkyl refers to the group -alkyl-hydantoinyl, where alkyl and hydantoinyl are as described herein.
  • protecting group refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes.
  • oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to any salt of a compound provided herein which retains its biological properties and which is not toxic or otherwise undesirable for pharmaceutical use. Such salts may be derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter- ions well known in the art. Such salts include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts formed with organic or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfamic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, trichloroacetic, propionic, hexanoic,
  • cyclopentylpropionic glycolic, glutaric, pyruvic, lactic, malonic, succinic, sorbic, ascorbic, malic, maleic, fumaric, tartaric, citric, benzoic, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic, picric, cinnamic, mandelic, phthalic, lauric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, 1 ,2-ethane-disulfonic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, 4- toluenesulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulfonic, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-l-carboxylic, glucoheptonic, 3-phenylpropionic, trimethylacetic, tert-butylacetic, lauryl sulfuric, glu
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts further include, by way of example only and without limitation, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium and the like, and when the compound contains a basic functionality, salts of non-toxic organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrohalides, e.g.
  • benzenesulfonate (besylate), 4-chlorobenzenesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, 4- toluenesulfonate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-l- carboxylate, glucoheptonate, 3-phenylpropionate, trimethylacetate, tert-butyl acetate, lauryl sulfate, gluconate, benzoate, glutamate, hydroxynaphthoate, salicylate, stearate, cyclohexylsulfamate, quinate, muconate and the like.
  • nucleobase refers to the base portion of a nucleoside or nucleotide.
  • a nucleobase is a purine or pyrimidine base, as defined herein.
  • nucleobase includes 2-chloro-adenine, 5-fluoro-uracil, 5-aza- cytosine, 6-thio-guanine, 6-ethylthio-guanine, and imidazo(4,5-d)(l,3)diazepin-8-ol.
  • purine or "pyrimidine” base refers to, but is not limited to, adenine, N 6 - alkylpurines, N 6 -acylpurines (wherein acyl is C(0)(alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl), N 6 - benzylpurine, N 6 -halopurine, N 6 -vinylpurine, N 6 -acetylenic purine, N 6 -acyl purine,
  • Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 7-deazaguanine, 7-deazaadenine, 2,6- diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired.
  • Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include trimethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, and t- butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl, methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl.
  • acyl or "O-linked ester” refers to a group of the formula C(0)R', wherein R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl (including lower alkyl), carboxylate residue of amino acid, aryl including phenyl, alkaryl, arylalkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including
  • aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; or substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to C 4 alkyl or Ci to C 4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or arylalkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxy-trityl, substituted benzyl, alkaryl, arylalkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl,
  • aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl.
  • Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise a phenyl group.
  • acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl,
  • amino acid refers to naturally occurring and synthetic ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , or ⁇ amino acids, and includes but is not limited to, amino acids found in proteins, i.e. glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine.
  • the amino acid is in the L-configuration.
  • the amino acid is in the D-configuration.
  • the amino acid is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the amino acid is a residue selected from alanyl, valinyl, leucinyl, isoleuccinyl, prolinyl, phenylalaninyl, tryptophanyl, methioninyl, glycinyl, serinyl, threoninyl, cysteinyl, tyrosinyl, asparaginyl, glutaminyl, aspartoyl, glutaroyl, lysinyl, argininyl, histidinyl, ⁇ -alanyl, ⁇ -valinyl, ⁇ -leucinyl, ⁇ - isoleuccinyl, ⁇ -prolinyl, ⁇ -phenylalaninyl, ⁇ -tryptophanyl, ⁇ -methioninyl, ⁇ -glycinyl, ⁇ -
  • amino acid derivative refers to a group derivable from a naturally or non-naturally occurring amino acid, as described and exemplified herein.
  • Amino acid derivatives are apparent to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, ester, amino alcohol, amino aldehyde, amino lactone, and N-methyl derivatives of naturally and non-naturally occurring amino acids.
  • an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the substituent is -NR X - wherein Q 1 is -SR Y , -NR Y R Y , or alkoxyl, R Y is hydrogen or alkyl, S c is a side chain of a naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring amino acid, G is C 1 -C 2 alkylene, and R x is hydrogen or R x and Sc, together with the atoms to which they are attached, combine to form a five-membered heterocyclic ring.
  • an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the
  • substituent is -0-C(0)-G(Sc)-NH-Q , wherein Q is hydrogen or alkoxyl, Sc is a side chain of a naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring amino acid and G is C 1 -C 2 alkylene.
  • Q and Sc together with the atoms to which they are attached, combine to form a five-membered heterocyclic ring.
  • G is Ci alkylene and Sc is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl.
  • an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the amino acid derivative is in the D-configuration.
  • an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the amino acid derivative is in the L- configuration.
  • aminoalkyl refers to an alkyl group with an amino substituent, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
  • hydroxylalkyl and “hydroxyalkyl” refer to an alkyl group with a hydroxyl substituent, where alkyl is as described herein.
  • carboxylalkyl refers to the group -alkyl-C(0)OH, where alkyl is as described herein.
  • aminoaminoalkyl refers to the group -alkyl- amino-C(NH)-amino, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
  • aminocarbonylalkyl refers to the group -alkyl-C(O)- amino, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
  • sulfanylalkyl refers to the group -alkyl-SH, where alkyl is as described herein.
  • carbamoylalkyl refers to the group -alkyl-C(O)- amino, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
  • alkylsulfanylalkyl refers to the group -alkyl-S-alkyl, where alkyl is as described herein.
  • hydroxylarylalkyl refers to the group -alkyl-aryl-OH, where alkyl and aryl are as described herein.
  • a “stable” compound is a compound which can be prepared and isolated and whose structure and properties remain or can be caused to remain essentially unchanged for a period of time sufficient to allow use of the compound for the purposes described herein (e.g., therapeutic or prophylactic administration to a subject).
  • alpha refers to a substituent on the same side of the plane of the sugar ring as the 5' carbon and the term “beta” refers to a substituent on the opposite side of the plane of the sugar ring from the 5' carbon.
  • substituent “A” is in the “alpha” position
  • substituent “B” is in the "beta” position with respect to the 5' carbon:
  • the term “substantially free of or “substantially in the absence of,” when used in connection with an article refers to the article that includes at least 85% or 90% by weight, in certain embodiments, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100% by weight, of the designated article.
  • the term “substantially free of or “substantially in the absence of with respect to a nucleoside composition can refer to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85% or 90% by weight, in certain embodiments, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100%) by weight, of the designated stereoisomer of that nucleoside.
  • the compounds are substantially free of undesignated stereoisomers or other compounds.
  • the term “substantially free of or “substantially in the absence of” when used in connection with an article (including, but not limited to, a compound, a salt thereof, a solvate thereof, a solid form thereof, and the like) refers to the article that includes at least 85% or 90% by weight, in certain embodiments, 95%, 9
  • substantially free of or substantially in the absence of with respect to a solid form can refer to a solid form that includes at least 85% or 90% by weight, in certain embodiments, 95%), 98%), 99%), or 100% by weight, of the designated solid form.
  • the solid form is substantially free of other solid forms.
  • nucleoside composition refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% to 100% by weight, of the nucleoside, the remainder comprising other chemical species or stereoisomers.
  • isolated with respect to a solid form of a compound refers to a solid that includes at least 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% to 100% by weight, of such solid form of the compound, the remainder comprising other solid forms of the compound, other compounds, solvents, and/or other impurities.
  • solvent refers to a compound provided herein or a salt thereof, that further includes a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate.
  • Isotopic composition refers to the amount of each isotope present for a given atom
  • naturally occurring isotopic composition refers to the naturally occurring isotopic composition or abundance for a given atom
  • Atoms containing their natural isotopic composition may also be referred to herein as "non-enriched" atoms.
  • the atoms of the compounds recited herein are meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom.
  • FT or "hydrogen” the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural isotopic composition.
  • Isotopic enrichment refers to the percentage of incorporation of an amount of a specific isotope at a given atom in a molecule in the place of that atom's natural isotopic abundance. For example, deuterium enrichment of 1% at a given position means that 1% of the molecules in a given sample contain deuterium at the specified position. Because the naturally occurring distribution of deuterium is about 0.0156%, deuterium enrichment at any position in a compound synthesized using non-enriched starting materials is about 0.0156%.
  • the isotopic enrichment of the compounds provided herein can be determined using conventional analytical methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, including mass spectrometry and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
  • “Isotopically enriched” refers to an atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom. “Isotopically enriched” may also refer to a compound containing at least one atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom.
  • alkyl As used herein, “alkyl,” “cycloalkyl,” “alkenyl,” “cycloalkenyl,” “alkynyl,” “aryl,” “alkoxy,” “alkoxycarbonyl,” “alkoxycarbonylalkyl,” “amino,” “carboxyl,” “alkylamino,” “arylamino,” “thioalkyoxy,” “heterocyclo,” “heteroaryl,” “alkylheterocyclo,”
  • alkylheteroaryl optionally comprise deuterium at one or more positions where hydrogen atoms are present, and wherein the deuterium composition of the atom or atoms is other than the natural isotopic composition.
  • alkyl cycloalkyl
  • alkenyl cycloalkenyl
  • alkynyl aryl
  • alkoxy alkoxycarbonyl
  • alkoxycarbonylalkyl alkoxycarbonylalkyl
  • carbboxyl alkylamino
  • arylamino thioalkyoxy
  • alkylheteroaryl optionally comprise carbon- 13 at an amount other than the natural isotopic composition.
  • EC50 refers to a dosage, concentration or amount of a particular test compound that elicits a dose-dependent response at 50% of maximal expression of a particular response that is induced, provoked or potentiated by the particular test compound.
  • the IC 50 refers to an amount, concentration or dosage of a particular test compound that achieves a 50% inhibition of a maximal response in an assay that measures such response.
  • the term "host,” as used herein, refers to any unicellular or multicellular organism in which the virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and in certain embodiments, a human. Alternatively, the host can be carrying a part of the Flaviviridae viral genome, whose replication or function can be altered by the compounds of the present invention.
  • the term host specifically includes infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of the Flaviviridae genome and animals, in particular, primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications of the present invention, the host is a human patient. Veterinary applications, in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention (such as chimpanzees).
  • the terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably herein.
  • the terms “subject” and “subjects” refer to an animal, such as a mammal including a non- primate ⁇ e.g., a cow, pig, horse, cat, dog, rat, and mouse) and a primate ⁇ e.g., a monkey such as a cynomolgous monkey, a chimpanzee and a human), and for example, a human.
  • the subject is refractory or non-responsive to current treatments for hepatitis C infection.
  • the subject is a farm animal ⁇ e.g., a horse, a cow, a pig, etc.) or a pet ⁇ e.g., a dog or a cat). In certain embodiments, the subject is a human.
  • terapéutica agent refers to any agent(s) which can be used in the treatment or prevention of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • therapeutic agent includes a compound provided herein.
  • a therapeutic agent is an agent which is known to be useful for, or has been or is currently being used for the treatment or prevention of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • “Therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount of a compound or composition that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” can vary depending on, inter alia, the compound, the disease and its severity, and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated.
  • Treating” or “treatment” of any disease or disorder refers, in certain embodiments, to ameliorating a disease or disorder that exists in a subject. In another embodiment, “treating” or “treatment” includes ameliorating at least one physical parameter, which may be
  • treating includes modulating the disease or disorder, either physically ⁇ e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom) or physiologically ⁇ e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter) or both.
  • treating or “treatment” includes delaying the onset of the disease or disorder.
  • prophylactic agent and “prophylactic agents” as used refer to any agent(s) which can be used in the prevention of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
  • the term “prophylactic agent” includes a compound provided herein.
  • the term “prophylactic agent” does not refer a compound provided herein.
  • a prophylactic agent is an agent which is known to be useful for, or has been or is currently being used to prevent or impede the onset, development, progression and/or severity of a disorder.
  • prophylactically effective amount refers to the amount of a therapy (e.g. , prophylactic agent) which is sufficient to result in the prevention or reduction of the development, recurrence or onset of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, or to enhance or improve the prophylactic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., another prophylactic agent).
  • a therapy e.g. , prophylactic agent
  • another therapy e.g., another prophylactic agent
  • nucleoside compounds useful for the treatment of liver cancers such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the nucleoside compounds can be formed as described herein and used for the treatment of liver cancers such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • pharmaceutically salts thereof would include compounds in present form as well as in different forms, such as polymorphs and solvates (including hydrates), as applicable.
  • Base is a nucleobase
  • X is O or S
  • W is O or S
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl
  • R is alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl;
  • Z 1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or cyano
  • Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, or halogen
  • Z 4 is hydroxyl, halogen, amino, or alkynyl; V is hydrogen, halogen, or amino;
  • Z 1 is hydrogen, then: V is halogen; or Z 4 is halogen, amino or alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine or uracil.
  • Formula I includes a chiral amino acid residue linked to a 5'-phosphoramidate group. Those of skill in the art will recognize that the amino acid residue has R
  • R is the side chain of an amino acid.
  • the side chain can be the side chain of any amino acids known to those of skill.
  • the side chain is the side chain of histidine, alanine, isoleucine, arginine, leucine, asparagine, lysine, aspartic acid, methionine, cysteine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid, threonine, glutamine, tryptophan, valine, ornithine, selenocysteine, serine or tyrosine.
  • the side chain is the side chain of alanine.
  • the compounds provided herein are based, at least in part, on the discovery that D-amino acid phosphoramidate prodrugs can provide superior human pharmacokinetics including superior accumulation of active nucleoside and nucleotide analogs in target cells, such as liver cells.
  • the compounds provided herein are D-amino acid, Rp phosphoramidate compounds.
  • the compounds provided herein are D-amino acid, Sp phosphoramidate compounds. Any compound provided herein is preferably in the form of a composition that is substantially free of other stereoisomers of the compound, as described herein.
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl.
  • Useful aryl groups include phenyl and napthyl.
  • Useful heteroaryl groups are described above. These groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are substituted. Useful substituents are described in in the definition of aryl herein.
  • substituents include -N0 2 , -F, -OMe, -NH 2 , -NMe 2 , -Me, -CF 3 , -CI, -OH, -CN, and -OCF 3 .
  • R 1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl.
  • the alkyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, the alkyl groups are
  • the alkyl groups are substituted.
  • Useful substituents are described in the definition of alkyl above.
  • the aryl and heteroaryl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are substituted.
  • Useful substituents are described in in the definition of aryl herein. Exemplary substituents include -N0 2 , -F, -OMe, -NH 2 , -NMe 2 , -Me, -CF 3 , -CI, -OH, -CN, and -OCF 3 .
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
  • Z 1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
  • Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo
  • Z 4 is hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR 1 R 2 , C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C 2 -Cii substituted alkynyl;
  • V is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
  • R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR 1 R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ';
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
  • R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ; 1' 2'
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 - Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C 12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C 12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFC1 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubsti
  • heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms;
  • Z',W, Ar, R and IT are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb.
  • Z 1 is hydroxyl.
  • Z 1 is fluoro.
  • Z is chloro. In certain embodiments, Z is hydroxyl and Z is hydrogen or fluoro. In certain
  • Z is fluoro and Z is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro or hydroxyl.
  • Z is chloro and Z is hydrogen, chloro or fluoro. In certain embodiments, Z is cyano and Z is hydrogen.
  • W is O or S
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
  • Z 1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
  • Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo
  • R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR 1 R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ';
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
  • R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 - Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl; or C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CC1 3 , CFC1 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to
  • heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or
  • multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more
  • heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation
  • Z 1 is hydrogen
  • Z 4 is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR R , C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl
  • Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
  • Z 4 is fluoro, amino, or alkynyl; and Base, W, Ar, R 1 and R 2 are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb.
  • Z 4 is fluoro.
  • Z 4 is -NH 2 .
  • Z 4 is -C ⁇ CH.
  • W is O or S
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio
  • Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alky
  • Z 4 is fluoro, -NR 1 R 2 , C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl;
  • R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR 1 R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ';
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
  • R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 -C 11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl; or C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFCI 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Ci
  • Base is selected from the group consisting of 2-chloro-adenine, 5-fluoro-uracil, 5-aza-cytosine, 6-thio-guanine, S-ethyl-6-thio-guanine, and imidazo(4,5-d)(l,3)diazepin-8-ol.
  • Z is hydrogen; and Base is selected from the group consisting of 2-chloro-adenine, 5-fluoro-uracil, 5-aza-cytosine, and imidazo(4,5-d)(l,3)diazepin-8-ol. In certain embodiments, Z is hydroxyl and Base 6-thio- guanine or S-ethyl-6-thio-guanine.
  • Z is hydrogen or hydroxyl
  • W is O or S
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
  • R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR 1 R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ';
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
  • R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ; 1' 2'
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 - Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C 12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C 12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFC1 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubsti
  • heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms;
  • Base, W, Ar, R and R are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb.
  • Base is cytosine.
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10
  • Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alky
  • R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR 1 R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r R 2 ';
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
  • R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ; 1' 2'
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 -C 11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl; or C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFCI 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Ci
  • Base is cytosine
  • W is O or S
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 - Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C 12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C 12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CC1 3 , CFC1 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF , CF 2 CF , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl,
  • heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms;
  • Z , Z , Z , Z , W, V, X, Ar, R and R are as described in the context of Formula I;
  • R is hydrogen, alkyl or halogen; and
  • R is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl or amino.
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heterocyclo, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl )- C(0)OH, -
  • Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alky
  • Z 1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
  • Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo
  • Z 4 is hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR 1 R 2 , C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C 2 -C 11 substituted alkynyl;
  • V is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
  • R 6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
  • R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 -C 11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl; or C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFCI 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Ci
  • Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio
  • Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alky
  • Z 1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
  • Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo;
  • Z is hydrogen;
  • Z 4 is hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR 1 R 2 , C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-C11 substituted alkynyl;
  • V is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Cj . to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C2-C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl; or C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFCI 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Ci
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is - H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is a side chain of an amino
  • Z is -OH; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is - F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is a side chain of an amino
  • Z is -OH; Z is -F; Z is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -F;
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is - OH; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -H; and V is -H.
  • Z is -F; Z is -OH; Z is -H; Z is -H; V is -H; and R is a side chain of an amino
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -OH; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -H; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -OH; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -H; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -OH; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -H; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R 2 is isopropyl.
  • Z is -F; Z is -F; Z is -H; Z is -OH; V is -H; and R is a side chain of an amino
  • Z is -F; Z is -F; Z is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O.
  • Z 1 1 is -F; Z 2" is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z is -F; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z is -OH; V is -H; and R is a side chain of an amino
  • Z is -F; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R 2 is isopropyl.
  • Z 2 is -CI; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -F;
  • Z 2 is -CI;
  • Z 3 is -H;
  • Z 4 is -OH;
  • V is -H; and
  • R 2 is a side chain of 1 2 an amino acid.
  • Z is -F;
  • Z is -F;
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and
  • Ar is phenyl.
  • Z is -F; Z is - Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -Cl; Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is a side chain of
  • Z 1 is -Cl; Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -Cl; Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -Cl;
  • Z 2 is -H;
  • Z 3 is -H;
  • Z 4 is -OH;
  • V is -H; and
  • R 2 is a side chain of
  • Z 1 is -Cl; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and
  • Ar is phenyl.
  • Z is -Cl; Z is
  • V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is a side chain of
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar
  • 1 2 is phenyl.
  • Z is -CI; Z is -F;
  • Z 1 is -CI;
  • Z 2 is -F;
  • Z 3 is -H;
  • Z 4 is -OH;
  • V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -CI; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is a side chain of
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -CN;
  • Z 2 is -H;
  • Z 3 is -H;
  • Z 4 is -OH;
  • V is -H;
  • R 2 is a side chain of an amino acid.
  • Z 1 is -CN;
  • Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -C ⁇ CH; and V is -H.
  • Z is -H; Z is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -C ⁇ CH; and V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z is -H; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -C ⁇ CH; and V is -H; R is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Ar is phenyl.
  • Z is -H; Z is -
  • Z is -H; Z is -H; Z is -NH 2 ; and V is -H.
  • Z is -H; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z 4 is -NH 2 ; and V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -H; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -NH 2 ; and V is -H
  • R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -H; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -NH 2 ; and V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -H; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -F; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z is -H; Z2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -F; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O.
  • Z 1 is -H; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -F; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -H; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -F; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -H; Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -F; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R 2 is isopropyl.
  • Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H.
  • Z 1 is -CN;
  • Z 2 is -H;
  • Z 3 is -H;
  • Z 4 is -OH;
  • V is -H;
  • R 2 is a side chain of an amino acid.
  • Z 1 is -CN;
  • Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -NH 2 .
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -NH 2 ; and R 2 is a side chain of an amino acid.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -NH 2 ; and R 2 is methyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -NH 2 ; R is methyl; and Ar is phenyl.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -NH 2 ; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and
  • W is O.
  • Z is -CN; Z is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -NH 2 ; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S.
  • Z 1 is -CN; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -
  • V is -NH 2 ; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • R is a side chain of an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-
  • R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R is isopropyl.
  • R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
  • Base is , or a tautomeric form thereof
  • R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, halogen, sulfanyl, amino, or aminoalkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, azido, or alkoxyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl
  • R 7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, or amino.
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10
  • Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alky
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 -C 11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl; or C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFCI 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Ci
  • Ar is aryl or heteroaryl
  • R 1 is hydrogen, Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C 10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
  • R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C 10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C 10
  • Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR r -C(NH)-NR r R 2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR r R 2 ', -(Ci to Cio substituted alky
  • R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C 2 -Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkenyl, C 2 -C 11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C 2 -Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C 6 -Ci 2 unsubstituted aryl; or C 6 -Ci 2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF 3 , CCI 3 , CFCI 2 , CF 2 C1, ethyl, CH 2 CF 3 , CF 2 CF 3 , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH 2 , -NH-(Ci to Ci
  • each row provides three structures - one according to the left structure (la-98a), one according to the middle left structure (lb-98b), and one according to the right structure (lc-90c).
  • the first row provides compound la according to the top left structure, compound lb according to the top middle structure, and compound lc according to the top right structure, each with the indicated variables in the row.
  • Base is selected from the group consisting of:
  • W is S. In certain embodiments, W is O.
  • Base is selected from the group consisting of:
  • W is S. In certain embodiments, W is O.
  • each row provides three structures - one according to the left structure (460a-468a), one according to the middle left structure (460b-468b), and one according to the right structure (460c-460c).
  • the first row provides compound la according to the top left structure, compound lb according to the top middle structure, and compound lc according to the top right structure, each with the indicated variables in the row.
  • each row provides three structures - one according to the left structure (469a-477a), one according to the middle left structure (469b-477b), and one according to the right structure (469c-477c).
  • the first row provides compound la according to the top left structure, compound lb according to the top middle structure, and compound lc according to the top right structure, each with the indicated variables in the row.
  • compositions comprising a compound as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;
  • compositions comprising a compound as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more other effective anti-cancer agents, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;
  • a method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a host with liver cancer that includes the administration of an effective amount of a compounds as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or composition in combination and/or alternation with one or more effective anti-cancer agent.
  • the compounds described herein i.e. compounds of any of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, may have one or more chiral (asymmetric) centers.
  • the present disclosure i.e. compounds of any of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, may have one or more chiral (asymmetric) centers.
  • the 1 ' and 4' carbons of a nucleoside are chiral, their non-hydrogen substituents (the base and the CHOR groups, respectively) can be either cis (on the same side) or trans (on opposite sides) with respect to the sugar ring system.
  • the four optical isomers therefore are represented by the following configurations (when orienting the sugar moiety in a horizontal plane such that the oxygen atom is in the back): cis (with both groups “up”, which corresponds to the configuration of naturally occurring ⁇ -D nucleosides), cis (with both groups “down”, which is a non-naturally occurring ⁇ -L configuration), trans (with the C2' substituent "up” and the C4' substituent "down”), and trans (with the C2' substituent "down” and the C4' substituent "up”).
  • the "D-nucleosides” are cis nucleosides in a natural configuration and the "L-nucleosides” are cis nucleosides in the non-naturally occurring configuration.
  • crystals of the individual enantiomers are manually separated. This technique can be used if crystals of the separate enantiomers exist, i.e., the material is a conglomerate, and the crystals are visually distinct; ii) simultaneous crystallization - a technique whereby the individual
  • enantiomers are separately crystallized from a solution of the racemate, possible only if the latter is a conglomerate in the solid state; iii) enzymatic resolutions - a technique whereby partial or complete
  • enzymatic asymmetric synthesis - a synthetic technique whereby at least one step of the synthesis uses an enzymatic reaction to obtain an enantiomerically pure or enriched synthetic precursor of the desired enantiomer
  • chemical asymmetric synthesis - a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is synthesized from an achiral precursor under conditions that produce asymmetry (i.e., chirality) in the product, which may be achieved using chiral catalysts or chiral auxiliaries
  • diastereomer separations - a technique whereby a racemic compound is reacted with an enantiomerically pure reagent (the chiral auxiliary) that converts the individual enantiomers to diastereomers.
  • kinetic resolutions this technique refers to the achievement of partial or complete resolution of a racemate (or of a further resolution of a partially resolved compound) by virtue of unequal reaction rates of the enantiomers with a chiral, non-racemic reagent or catalyst under kinetic conditions; ix) enantiospecific synthesis from non-racemic precursors - a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is obtained from non-chiral starting materials and where the stereochemical integrity is not or is only minimally compromised over the course of the synthesis; x) chiral liquid chromatography - a technique whereby the enantiomers of a racemate are separated in a liquid mobile phase by virtue of their differing interactions with a stationary phase.
  • the stationary phase can be made of chiral material or the mobile phase can contain an additional chiral material to provoke the differing interactions; xi) chiral gas chromatography - a technique whereby the
  • volatilized and enantiomers are separated by virtue of their differing interactions in the gaseous mobile phase with a column containing a fixed non-racemic chiral adsorbent phase; xii) extraction with chiral solvents - a technique whereby the enantiomers are separated by virtue of preferential dissolution of one enantiomer into a particular chiral solvent; a) transport across chiral membranes - a technique whereby a racemate is placed in contact with a thin membrane barrier.
  • the barrier typically separates two miscible fluids, one containing the racemate, and a driving force such as concentration or pressure differential causes preferential transport across the membrane barrier. Separation occurs as a result of the non-racemic chiral nature of the membrane which allows only one enantiomer of the racemate to pass through.
  • phosphoramidate compound that comprises a substantially pure designated enantiomer of the 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound.
  • the compounds are substantially free of other enantiomers.
  • a composition includes a compound that is at least 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%>, 99%) or 100%) by weight, of the compound, the remainder comprising other chemical species or enantiomers.
  • enantiomers are a subject of the invention in enantiomerically pure form, both as levorotatory and as dextrorotatory antipodes, in the form of racemates and in the form of mixtures of the two enantiomers in all ratios.
  • the invention includes both the cis form and the trans form as well as mixtures of these forms in all ratios.
  • the preparation of individual stereoisomers can be carried out, if desired, by separation of a mixture by customary methods, for example by chromatography or crystallization, by the use of stereo chemically uniform starting materials for the synthesis or by stereoselective synthesis.
  • a derivatization can be carried out before a separation of stereoisomers.
  • the separation of a mixture of stereoisomers can be carried out at an intermediate step during the synthesis of a compound described herein, e.g. , a
  • Absolute stereochemistry may be determined by X-ray crystallography of
  • crystalline products or crystalline intermediates which are derivatized, if necessary, with a reagent containing a stereogenic center of known configuration.
  • absolute stereochemistry may be determined by Vibrational Circular Dichroism (VCD) spectroscopic analysis.
  • VCD Vibrational Circular Dichroism
  • the present invention includes all such isomers, as well as salts, solvates (which includes hydrates) and solvated salts of such racemates, enantiomers, diastereomers and tautomers and mixtures thereof.
  • isotopically enriched compounds including but not limited to isotopically enriched 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compounds.
  • Isotopic enrichment of a drug can be used, for example, to (1) reduce or eliminate unwanted metabolites, (2) increase the half-life of the parent drug, (3) decrease the number of doses needed to achieve a desired effect, (4) decrease the amount of a dose necessary to achieve a desired effect, (5) increase the formation of active metabolites, if any are formed, and/or (6) decrees the production of deleterious metabolites in specific tissues and/or create a more effective drug and/or a safer drug for combination therapy, whether the combination therapy is intentional or not.
  • KIE Kinetic Isotope Effect
  • DKIE Deuterium Kinetic Isotope Effect
  • the magnitude of the DKIE can be expressed as the ratio between the rates of a given reaction in which a C-H bond is broken, and the same reaction where deuterium is substituted for hydrogen.
  • the DKIE can range from about 1 (no isotope effect) to very large numbers, such as 50 or more, meaning that the reaction can be fifty, or more, times slower when deuterium is substituted for hydrogen.
  • High DKIE values may be due in part to a phenomenon known as tunneling, which is a consequence of the uncertainty principle.
  • Tunneling is ascribed to the small mass of a hydrogen atom, and occurs because transition states involving a proton can sometimes form in the absence of the required activation energy. Because deuterium has more mass than hydrogen, it statistically has a much lower probability of undergoing this phenomenon.
  • substitution of tritium ("T") for hydrogen results in yet a stronger bond than deuterium and gives numerically larger isotope effects.
  • substitution of isotopes for other elements including, but not limited to, 13 C or 14 C for carbon, 33 S, 34 S, or 36 S for sulfur, 15 N for nitrogen, and 17 0 or 18 0 for oxygen, may lead to a similar kinetic isotope effect.
  • the DKIE was used to decrease the hepatotoxicity of halothane by presumably limiting the production of reactive species such as trifluoroacetyl chloride.
  • the animal body expresses a variety of enzymes for the purpose of eliminating foreign substances, such as therapeutic agents, from its circulation system.
  • enzymes include the cytochrome P450 enzymes ("CYPs"), esterases, proteases, reductases, dehydrogenases, and monoamine oxidases, to react with and convert these foreign substances to more polar intermediates or metabolites for renal excretion.
  • CYPs cytochrome P450 enzymes
  • esterases enzymes
  • proteases e.g., reductases, dehydrogenases, and monoamine oxidases
  • Some of the most common metabolic reactions of pharmaceutical compounds involve the oxidation of a carbon-hydrogen (C-H) bond to either a carbon-oxygen (C-O) or carbon-carbon (C-C) pi-bond.
  • C-H carbon-hydrogen
  • C-O carbon-oxygen
  • C-C carbon-carbon
  • the resultant metabolites may be stable or unstable under physiological conditions, and can have
  • isotopic enrichment at certain positions of a compound provided herein will produce a detectable KIE that will affect the pharmacokinetic, pharmacologic, and/or toxicological profiles of a compound provided herein in comparison with a similar compound having a natural isotopic composition.
  • compositions using methods available in the art and those disclosed herein. Any of the compounds disclosed herein can be provided in the appropriate pharmaceutical composition and be administered by a suitable route of administration.
  • a compound of general Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c if appropriate in the salt form, either used alone or in the form of a combination with one or more compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as diluents or adjuvants, or with another anti-cancer agent.
  • the second agent can be formulated or packaged with the compound provided herein.
  • the second agent will only be formulated with the compound provided herein when, according to the judgment of those of skill in the art, such co-formulation should not interfere with the activity of either agent or the method of administration.
  • the compound provided herein and the second agent are formulated separately. They can be packaged together, or packaged separately, for the convenience of the practitioner of skill in the art.
  • the active agents provided herein may be administered by any conventional route, in particular orally, parenterally, rectally or by inhalation (e.g. in the form of aerosols).
  • the compound provided herein is administered orally.
  • compositions for oral administration may be made, as solid compositions for oral administration, of tablets, pills, hard gelatin capsules, powders or granules.
  • the active product is mixed with one or more inert diluents or adjuvants, such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
  • compositions can comprise substances other than diluents, for example a lubricant, such as magnesium stearate, or a coating intended for controlled release.
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate
  • compositions for oral administration of solutions which are pharmaceutically acceptable, suspensions, emulsions, syrups and elixirs containing inert diluents, such as water or liquid paraffin.
  • solutions which are pharmaceutically acceptable, suspensions, emulsions, syrups and elixirs containing inert diluents, such as water or liquid paraffin.
  • inert diluents such as water or liquid paraffin.
  • These compositions can also comprise substances other than diluents, for example wetting, sweetening or flavoring products.
  • compositions for parenteral administration can be emulsions or sterile solutions. Use may be made, as solvent or vehicle, of propylene glycol, a polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils, in particular olive oil, or injectable organic esters, for example ethyl oleate. These compositions can also contain adjuvants, in particular wetting, isotonizing, emulsifying, dispersing and stabilizing agents. Sterilization can be carried out in several ways, for example using a bacteriological filter, by radiation or by heating. They can also be prepared in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved at the time of use in sterile water or any other injectable sterile medium.
  • compositions for rectal administration are suppositories or rectal capsules which contain, in addition to the active principle, excipients such as cocoa butter, semisynthetic glycerides or polyethylene glycols.
  • the compositions can also be aerosols.
  • the compositions can be stable sterile solutions or solid compositions dissolved at the time of use in apyrogenic sterile water, in saline or any other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
  • the active principle is finely divided and combined with a water-soluble solid diluent or vehicle, for example dextran, mannitol or lactose.
  • compositions provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition or a single unit dosage form.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions and single unit dosage forms provided herein comprise a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents (e.g. , a compound provided herein, or other prophylactic or therapeutic agent), and a typically one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
  • prophylactic or therapeutic agents e.g. , a compound provided herein, or other prophylactic or therapeutic agent
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
  • carrier includes a diluent, adjuvant (e.g., Freund's adjuvant (complete and incomplete)), excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered.
  • Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water can be used as a carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in
  • Typical pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprise one or more excipients.
  • Suitable excipients are well-known to those skilled in the art of pharmacy, and non-limiting examples of suitable excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
  • Lactose free compositions can comprise excipients that are well known in the art and are listed, for example, in the U.S. Pharmocopia (USP) SP (XXI)/NF (XVI). In general, lactose free compositions comprise an active ingredient, a binder/filler, and a lubricant in pharmaceutically compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable amounts.
  • Exemplary lactose free dosage forms comprise an active ingredient, microcrystalline cellulose, pre gelatinized starch, and magnesium stearate.
  • anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising active ingredients, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds.
  • water e.g., 5%
  • water is widely accepted in the pharmaceutical arts as a means of simulating long term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf life or the stability of formulations over time. See, e.g., Jens T. Carstensen, Drug Stability: Principles & Practice, 2d. Ed., Marcel Dekker, New York, 1995, pp. 379 80.
  • water and heat accelerate the decomposition of some compounds.
  • the effect of water on a formulation can be of great significance since moisture and/or humidity are commonly encountered during manufacture, handling, packaging, storage, shipment, and use of formulations.
  • Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise lactose and at least one active ingredient that comprises a primary or secondary amine can be anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture and/or humidity during manufacturing, packaging, and/or storage is expected.
  • anhydrous pharmaceutical composition should be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions can be packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
  • compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more compounds that reduce the rate by which an active ingredient will decompose.
  • Such compounds which are referred to herein as “stabilizers,” include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers.
  • antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions and single unit dosage forms can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release
  • Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as
  • compositions and dosage forms will contain a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent, in certain embodiments, in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the subject.
  • the formulation should suit the mode of administration.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions or single unit dosage forms are sterile and in suitable form for administration to a subject, for example, an animal subject, such as a mammalian subject, for example, a human subject.
  • a pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
  • routes of administration include, but are not limited to, parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, oral, buccal, sublingual, inhalation, intranasal, transdermal, topical, transmucosal, intra-tumoral, intra-synovial and rectal administration.
  • the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal or topical administration to human beings.
  • a pharmaceutical composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures for subcutaneous administration to human beings.
  • compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
  • the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocamne to ease pain at the site of the injection.
  • dosage forms include, but are not limited to: tablets; caplets; capsules, such as soft elastic gelatin capsules; cachets; troches; lozenges; dispersions; suppositories; ointments; cataplasms (poultices); pastes; powders; dressings; creams; plasters; solutions; patches; aerosols ⁇ e.g., nasal sprays or inhalers); gels; liquid dosage forms suitable for oral or mucosal administration to a subject, including suspensions ⁇ e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil in water emulsions, or a water in oil liquid emulsions), solutions, and elixirs; liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration to a subject; and sterile solids ⁇ e.g.
  • compositions, shape, and type of dosage forms provided herein will typically vary depending on their use.
  • a dosage form used in the initial treatment of liver cancer may contain larger amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than a dosage form used in the maintenance treatment of the same cancer.
  • a parenteral dosage form may contain smaller amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than an oral dosage form used to treat the same disease or disorder.
  • compositions are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
  • an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • Typical dosage forms comprise a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof lie within the range of from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg per day, given as a single once-a-day dose in the morning or as divided doses throughout the day taken with food.
  • Particular dosage forms can have about 0.1 , 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 200, 250, 500 or 1000 mg of the active compound.
  • compositions that are suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete dosage forms, such as, but are not limited to, tablets ⁇ e.g., chewable tablets), caplets, capsules, and liquids ⁇ e.g., flavored syrups).
  • dosage forms contain predetermined amounts of active ingredients, and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art. See generally, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th ed., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (2000).
  • the oral dosage forms are solid and prepared under anhydrous conditions with anhydrous ingredients, as described in detail herein.
  • anhydrous ingredients as described in detail herein.
  • the scope of the compositions provided herein extends beyond anhydrous, solid oral dosage forms. As such, further forms are described herein.
  • Typical oral dosage forms are prepared by combining the active ingredient(s) in an intimate admixture with at least one excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques.
  • Excipients can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration.
  • excipients suitable for use in oral liquid or aerosol dosage forms include, but are not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, and coloring agents.
  • excipients suitable for use in solid oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, starches, sugars, micro crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents.
  • tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit forms, in which case solid excipients are employed. If desired, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredients with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then shaping the product into the desired presentation if necessary.
  • a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding.
  • Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredients in a free flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with an excipient.
  • Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • excipients that can be used in oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, disintegrants, and lubricants. Binders suitable for use in
  • compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, (e.g., Nos. 2208, 2906, 2910), microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof.
  • natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl
  • fillers suitable for use in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof.
  • the binder or filler in pharmaceutical compositions is typically present in from about 50 to about 99 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
  • Suitable forms of microcrystalline cellulose include, but are not limited to, the materials sold as AVICEL PH 101 , AVICEL PH 103 AVICEL RC 581 , AVICEL PH 105 (available from FMC Corporation, American Viscose Division, Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook, PA), and mixtures thereof.
  • a specific binder is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose sold as AVICEL RC 581.
  • Suitable anhydrous or low moisture excipients or additives include AVICEL PH 103TM and Starch 1500 LM.
  • Disintegrants are used in the compositions to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Tablets that contain too much disintegrant may disintegrate in storage, while those that contain too little may not disintegrate at a desired rate or under the desired conditions. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too much nor too little to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredients should be used to form solid oral dosage forms. The amount of disintegrant used varies based upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. Typical
  • compositions comprise from about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent of disintegrant, specifically from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of disintegrant.
  • Disintegrants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, pre gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, and mixtures thereof.
  • Lubricants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laureate, agar, and mixtures thereof.
  • hydrogenated vegetable oil e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil
  • zinc stearate ethyl oleate, ethyl laureate, agar, and mixtures thereof.
  • Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel (AEROSIL 200, manufactured by W.R. Grace Co. of Baltimore, MD), a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica (marketed by Degussa Co. of Piano, TX), CAB O SIL (a pyrogenic silicon dioxide product sold by Cabot Co. of Boston, MA), and mixtures thereof. If used at all, lubricants are typically used in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms into which they are incorporated.
  • AEROSIL 200 a syloid silica gel
  • a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica marketed by Degussa Co. of Piano, TX
  • CAB O SIL a pyrogenic silicon dioxide product sold by Cabot Co. of Boston, MA
  • lubricants are typically used in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms into which they are incorporated.
  • Active ingredients such as the compounds provided herein can be administered by controlled release means or by delivery devices that are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Patent Nos.:
  • Such dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled release of one or more active ingredients using, for example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, microspheres, or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions.
  • Suitable controlled release formulations known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including those described herein, can be readily selected for use with the active ingredients provided herein.
  • single unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets that are adapted for controlled release.
  • controlled release pharmaceutical products have a common goal of improving drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled counterparts.
  • the use of an optimally designed controlled release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time.
  • Advantages of controlled release formulations include extended activity of the drug, reduced dosage frequency, and increased subject compliance.
  • controlled release formulations can be used to affect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood levels of the drug, and can thus affect the occurrence of side ⁇ e.g., adverse) effects.
  • Controlled release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various conditions including, but not limited to, pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds.
  • the drug may be administered using intravenous infusion, an implantable osmotic pump, a transdermal patch, liposomes, or other modes of
  • a pump may be used (see, Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al, Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al, N. Engl. J. Med. 321 :574 (1989)).
  • polymeric materials can be used.
  • a controlled release system can be placed in a subject at an appropriate site determined by a practitioner of skill, i.e., thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, Medical Applications of Controlled Release, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)).
  • the active ingredient can be dispersed in a solid inner matrix, e.g., polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethyleneterephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid, collagen, cross-linked polyvinylalcohol and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate, that is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane, e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethyl ene/ethyl acrylate copoly
  • a solid inner matrix e.g., polymethylmethacrylate, polybutyl
  • parenteral dosage forms can be administered to subjects by various routes including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous (including bolus injection), intramuscular, and intraarterial.
  • parenteral dosage forms are typically, sterile or capable of being sterilized prior to administration to a subject.
  • parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, solutions ready for injection, dry products ready to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for injection, suspensions ready for injection, and emulsions.
  • Suitable vehicles that can be used to provide parenteral dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to: Water for Injection USP; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection; water miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
  • aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection
  • Transdermal, topical, and mucosal dosage forms include, but are not limited to, ophthalmic solutions, sprays, aerosols, creams, lotions, ointments, gels, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, or other forms known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16 th , 18th and 20 th eds., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1980, 1990 & 2000); and Introduction to
  • Dosage forms suitable for treating mucosal tissues within the oral cavity can be formulated as mouthwashes or as oral gels.
  • transdermal dosage forms include "reservoir type” or “matrix type” patches, which can be applied to the skin and worn for a specific period of time to permit the penetration of a desired amount of active ingredients.
  • Suitable excipients e.g. , carriers and diluents
  • other materials that can be used to provide transdermal, topical, and mucosal dosage forms encompassed herein are well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts, and depend on the particular tissue to which a given pharmaceutical composition or dosage form will be applied.
  • excipients include, but are not limited to, water, acetone, ethanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butane 1,3 diol, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, mineral oil, and mixtures thereof to form lotions, tinctures, creams, emulsions, gels or ointments, which are nontoxic and pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • Moisturizers or humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms if desired. Examples of such additional ingredients are well known in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16 th , 18th and 20 th eds., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1980, 1990 & 2000).
  • penetration enhancers can be used to assist in delivering the active ingredients to the tissue.
  • Suitable penetration enhancers include, but are not limited to: acetone; various alcohols such as ethanol, oleyl, and tetrahydrofuryl; alkyl sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide; dimethyl acetamide; dimethyl formamide; polyethylene glycol; pyrrolidones such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; Kollidon grades (Povidone, Polyvidone); urea; and various water soluble or insoluble sugar esters such as Tween 80 (polysorbate 80) and Span 60 (sorbitan
  • the pH of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, or of the tissue to which the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form is applied may also be adjusted to improve delivery of one or more active ingredients.
  • the polarity of a solvent carrier, its ionic strength, or tonicity can be adjusted to improve delivery.
  • Compounds such as stearates can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms to advantageously alter the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of one or more active ingredients so as to improve delivery.
  • stearates can serve as a lipid vehicle for the formulation, as an emulsifying agent or surfactant, and as a delivery enhancing or penetration enhancing agent.
  • Different salts, hydrates or solvates of the active ingredients can be used to further adjust the properties of the resulting composition.
  • doses are from about 1 to about 1000 mg per day for an adult, or from about 5 to about 250 mg per day or from about 10 to 50 mg per day for an adult. In certain embodiments, doses are from about 5 to about 400 mg per day or 25 to 200 mg per day per adult. In certain embodiments, dose rates of from about 50 to about 500 mg per day are also contemplated.
  • kits for treating or preventing a liver cancer in a subject by administering, to a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the amount of the compound or composition which will be effective in the prevention or treatment of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof will vary with the nature and severity of the disease or condition, and the route by which the active ingredient is administered.
  • the frequency and dosage will also vary according to factors specific for each subject depending on the specific therapy ⁇ e.g., therapeutic or prophylactic agents) administered, the severity of the disorder, disease, or condition, the route of administration, as well as age, body, weight, response, and the past medical history of the subject.
  • Effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.
  • exemplary doses of a composition include milligram or microgram amounts of the active compound per kilogram of subject or sample weight ⁇ e.g., about 10 micrograms per kilogram to about 50 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 25 milligrams per kilogram, or about 100 microgram per kilogram to about 10 milligrams per kilogram).
  • the dosage administered to a subject is 0.140 mg/kg to 3 mg/kg of the subject's body weight, based on weight of the active compound.
  • the dosage administered to a subject is between 0.20 mg/kg and 2.00 mg/kg, or between 0.30 mg/kg and 1.50 mg/kg of the subject's body weight.
  • the recommended daily dose range of a composition provided herein for the conditions described herein lie within the range of from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg per day, given as a single once-a-day dose or as divided doses throughout a day.
  • the daily dose is administered twice daily in equally divided doses.
  • a daily dose range should be from about 10 mg to about 200 mg per day, in other embodiments, between about 10 mg and about 150 mg per day, in further embodiments, between about 25 and about 100 mg per day. It may be necessary to use dosages of the active ingredient outside the ranges disclosed herein in some cases, as will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the clinician or treating physician will know how and when to interrupt, adjust, or terminate therapy in conjunction with subject response.
  • the dosage of the composition provided herein, based on weight of the active compound, administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate a disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof in a subject is 0.1 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, or 15 mg/kg or more of a subject's body weight.
  • the dosage of the composition or a composition provided herein administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate a disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof in a subject is a unit dose of 0.1 mg to 200 mg, 0.1 mg to 100 mg, 0.1 mg to 50 mg, 0.1 mg to 25 mg, 0.1 mg to 20 mg, 0.1 mg to 15 mg, 0.1 mg to 10 mg, 0.1 mg to 7.5 mg, 0.1 mg to 5 mg, 0.1 to 2.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 20 mg, 0.25 to 15 mg, 0.25 to 12 mg, 0.25 to 10 mg, 0.25 mg to 7.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 5 mg, 0.5 mg to 2.5 mg, 1 mg to 20 mg, 1 mg to 15 mg, 1 mg to 12 mg, 1 mg to 10 mg, 1 mg to 7.5 mg, 1 mg to 5 mg, or 1 mg to 2.5 mg.
  • treatment or prevention can be initiated with one or more loading doses of a compound or composition provided herein followed by one or more maintenance doses.
  • the loading dose can be, for instance, about 60 to about 400 mg per day, or about 100 to about 200 mg per day for one day to five weeks.
  • the loading dose can be followed by one or more maintenance doses.
  • each maintenance does is, independently, about from about 10 mg to about 200 mg per day, between about 25 mg and about 150 mg per day, or between about 25 and about 80 mg per day.
  • Maintenance doses can be administered daily and can be administered as single doses, or as divided doses.
  • a dose of a compound or composition provided herein can be administered to achieve a steady-state concentration of the active ingredient in blood or serum of the subject.
  • the steady-state concentration can be determined by measurement according to techniques available to those of skill or can be based on the physical
  • a sufficient amount of a compound or composition provided herein is administered to achieve a steady- state concentration in blood or serum of the subject of from about 300 to about 4000 ng/mL, from about 400 to about 1600 ng/mL, or from about 600 to about 1200 ng/mL.
  • loading doses can be administered to achieve steady-state blood or serum concentrations of about 1200 to about 8000 ng/mL, or about 2000 to about 4000 ng/mL for one to five days.
  • maintenance doses can be administered to achieve a steady- state concentration in blood or serum of the subject of from about 300 to about 4000 ng/mL, from about 400 to about 1600 ng/mL, or from about 600 to about 1200 ng/mL.
  • administration of the same composition may be repeated and the administrations may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
  • administration of the same prophylactic or therapeutic agent may be repeated and the administration may be separated by at least at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
  • unit dosages comprising a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in a form suitable for administration. Such forms are described in detail herein.
  • the unit dosage comprises 1 to 1000 mg, 5 to 250 mg or 10 to 50 mg active ingredient.
  • the unit dosages comprise about 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 125, 250, 500 or 1000 mg active ingredient.
  • Such unit dosages can be prepared according to techniques familiar to those of skill in the art.
  • the dosages of the second agents are to be used in the combination therapies provided herein. In certain embodiments, dosages lower than those which have been or are currently being used to prevent or treat liver cancer are used in the combination therapies provided herein.
  • the recommended dosages of second agents can be obtained from the knowledge of those of skill. For those second agents that are approved for clinical use, recommended dosages are described in, for example, Hardman et ah, eds., 1996, Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis Of Basis Of Therapeutics 9 th Ed, Mc-Graw-Hill, New York; Physician's Desk Reference (PDR) 57 th Ed., 2003, Medical Economics Co., Inc., Montvale, NJ, which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • the therapies are administered less than 5 minutes apart, less than 30 minutes apart, 1 hour apart, at about 1 hour apart, at about 1 to about 2 hours apart, at about 2 hours to about 3 hours apart, at about 3 hours to about 4 hours apart, at about 4 hours to about 5 hours apart, at about 5 hours to about 6 hours apart, at about 6 hours to about 7 hours apart, at about 7 hours to about 8 hours apart, at about 8 hours to about 9 hours apart, at about 9 hours to about 10 hours apart, at about 10 hours to about 11 hours apart, at about 11 hours to about 12 hours apart, at about 12 hours to 18 hours apart, 18 hours to 24 hours apart, 24 hours to 36 hours apart, 36 hours to 48 hours apart, 48 hours to 52 hours apart, 52 hours to 60 hours apart, 60 hours to 72 hours apart, 72 hours to 84 hours apart, 84 hours to 96 hours apart, or 96 hours to 120 hours apart.
  • the therapies are administered no more than 24 hours apart,
  • the compound provided herein and the second agent are administered at about 2 to 4 days apart, at about 4 to 6 days apart, at about 1 week part, at about 1 to 2 weeks apart, or more than 2 weeks apart.
  • administration of the same agent may be repeated and the administrations may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
  • administrations may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
  • administration of the same agent may be repeated and the administration may be separated by at least at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
  • a compound provided herein and a second agent are administered to a patient, for example, a mammal, such as a human, in a sequence and within a time interval such that the compound provided herein can act together with the other agent to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered otherwise.
  • the second active agent can be administered at the same time or sequentially in any order at different points in time; however, if not administered at the same time, they should be administered sufficiently close in time so as to provide the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
  • the compound provided herein and the second active agent exert their effect at times which overlap.
  • Each second active agent can be administered separately, in any appropriate form and by any suitable route.
  • the compound provided herein is administered before, concurrently or after administration of the second active agent.
  • the compound provided herein and the second agent are cyclically administered to a patient.
  • Cycling therapy involves the administration of a first agent (e.g., a first prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time, followed by the administration of a second agent and/or third agent (e.g., a second and/or third prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time and repeating this sequential administration. Cycling therapy can reduce the development of resistance to one or more of the therapies, avoid or reduce the side effects of one of the therapies, and/or improve the efficacy of the treatment.
  • a first agent e.g., a first prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • second agent and/or third agent e.g., a second and/or third prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • the compound provided herein and the second active agent are administered in a cycle of less than about 3 weeks, about once every two weeks, about once every 10 days or about once every week.
  • One cycle can comprise the administration of a compound provided herein and the second agent by infusion over about 90 minutes every cycle, about 1 hour every cycle, about 45 minutes every cycle.
  • Each cycle can comprise at least 1 week of rest, at least 2 weeks of rest, at least 3 weeks of rest.
  • the number of cycles administered is from about 1 to about 12 cycles, more typically from about 2 to about 10 cycles, and more typically from about 2 to about 8 cycles.
  • courses of treatment are administered concurrently to a patient, i.e., individual doses of the second agent are administered separately yet within a time interval such that the compound provided herein can work together with the second active agent.
  • one component can be administered once per week in combination with the other components that can be administered once every two weeks or once every three weeks.
  • the dosing regimens are carried out concurrently even if the
  • therapeutics are not administered simultaneously or during the same day.
  • the second agent can act additively or synergistically with the compound provided herein.
  • the compound provided herein is administered concurrently with one or more second agents in the same pharmaceutical composition.
  • a compound provided herein is administered concurrently with one or more second agents in separate pharmaceutical compositions.
  • a compound provided herein is administered prior to or subsequent to administration of a second agent.
  • administration of a compound provided herein and a second agent by the same or different routes of administration, e.g., oral and parenteral.
  • the second active agent when the compound provided herein is administered concurrently with a second agent that potentially produces adverse side effects including, but not limited to, toxicity, can advantageously be administered at a dose that falls below the threshold that the adverse side effect is elicited.
  • kits for use in methods of treatment of a liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the kits can include a compound or composition provided herein, a second agent or composition, and instructions providing information to a health care provider regarding usage for treating the disorder.
  • a unit dose of a compound or composition provided herein, or a second agent or composition can include a dosage such that when administered to a subject, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective plasma level of the compound or composition can be maintained in the subject for at least 1 days.
  • a compound or composition can be included as a sterile aqueous pharmaceutical composition or dry powder (e.g., lyophilized) composition.
  • suitable packaging includes a solid matrix or material customarily used in a system and capable of holding within fixed limits a compound provided herein and/or a second agent suitable for administration to a subject.
  • materials include glass and plastic (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, and polycarbonate) bottles, vials, paper, plastic, and plastic-foil laminated envelopes and the like. If e-beam sterilization techniques are employed, the packaging should have sufficiently low density to permit sterilization of the contents.
  • liver cancer in a subject, which comprises contacting the subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleotide analog disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof.
  • Liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • a nucleotide analog disclosed herein e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single en
  • the liver cancer is a metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.).
  • a method for inhibiting the growth of a liver cancer cell which comprises contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma
  • the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • a method for inhibiting replication of a liver cancer cell which comprises contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma
  • the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • a method for inhibiting the growth of a liver tumor which comprises contacting the liver tumor with a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • a nucleoside compound disclosed herein e.g., a nucleoside compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • the methods encompass the step of administering to the subject in need thereof an amount of a compound effective for the treatment or prevention of a liver cancer in combination with a second agent effective for the treatment or prevention of the cancer.
  • the compound can be any compound as described herein, and the second agent can be any second agent described in the art or herein.
  • the compound is in the form of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, as described elsewhere herein.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • provided herein are methods for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a subject with liver cancer that includes the administration of an effective amount of a compounds provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • methods for treating a liver cancer in a subject encompass the step of administering to the subject in need thereof an amount of a compound effective for the treatment or prevention of a liver cancer in combination with a second agent effective for the treatment or prevention of the liver cancer.
  • the compound can be any compound as described herein, and the second agent can be any second agent described in the art or herein.
  • the compound is in the form of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, as described elsewhere herein.
  • the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
  • the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma. Assay Methods
  • Compounds can be assayed for liver cancer activity according to any assay known to those of skill in the art.
  • compounds can be assayed for accumulation in liver cells of a subject according to any assay known to those of skill in the art.
  • a compound can be administered to the subject, and a liver cell of the subject can be assayed for the compound or a derivative thereof, e.g. a nucleoside, nucleoside phosphate or nucleoside triphosphate derivative thereof.
  • a nucleoside compound is administered to cells, such as liver cells, in vivo or in vitro, and the nucleoside triphosphate levels delivered intracellularly are measured, to indicate delivery of the compound and triphosphorylation in the cell.
  • the levels of intracellular nucleoside triphosphate can be measured using analytical techniques known in the art. Methods of detecting ddATP are described herein below by way of example, but other nucleoside triphosphates can be readily detected using the appropriate controls, calibration samples and assay techniques.
  • ddATP concentrations are measured in a sample by comparison to calibration standards made from control samples.
  • the ddATP concentrations in a sample can be measured using an analytical method such as HPLC LC MS.
  • a test sample is compared to a calibration curve created with known
  • the samples are manipulated to remove impurities such as salts (Na + , K + , etc.) before analysis.
  • the lower limit of quantitation is about - 0.2 pmol / mL for hepatocyte cellular extracts particularly where reduced salt is present.
  • the method allows successfully measuring triphosphate nucleotides formed at levels of 1 - 10,000 pmol per million cells in e.g. cultured hepatocytes and HepG2 cells
  • the compounds and compositions provided herein are useful in methods of treatment of a liver cancer, that comprise further administration of a second agent effective for the treatment of the liver cancer in a subject in need thereof.
  • the second agent can be any agent known to those of skill in the art to be effective for the treatment of the liver cancer, including those currently approved by the FDA.
  • a compound provided herein is administered in combination with one second agent. In further embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered in combination with two second agents. In still further embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered in combination with two or more second agents.
  • the term "in combination” includes the use of more than one therapy (e.g., one or more prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents).
  • the use of the term “in combination” does not restrict the order in which therapies (e.g. , prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents) are administered to a subject with a disorder.
  • a first therapy e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent such as a compound provided herein
  • can be administered prior to e.g.
  • a second therapy e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent
  • the term "synergistic” includes a combination of a compound provided herein and another therapy (e.g. , a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) which has been or is currently being used to prevent, manage or treat a disorder, which is more effective than the additive effects of the therapies.
  • a synergistic effect of a combination of therapies permits the use of lower dosages of one or more of the therapies and/or less frequent administration of said therapies to a subject with a disorder.
  • a therapy e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent
  • a synergistic effect can result in improved efficacy of agents in the prevention or treatment of a disorder.
  • a synergistic effect of a combination of therapies e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents
  • the second agent is selected from the group consisting of sorafenib tosylate (Nexavar), radiation therapy, selective internal radiation therapy (e.g., SIR- Spheres and TheraSphere), ethiodized oil (Lipidol), pexastimogene devacirepvec (Pexa-Vec, JX-594, Jennarex), Quinacrine (Clevelane BioLabs), CC-223 (Celgene), CF102 (Can-Fite), SGI-110 (Astex), and G-202 (Genspera).
  • sorafenib tosylate Nexavar
  • radiation therapy selective internal radiation therapy
  • selective internal radiation therapy e.g., SIR- Spheres and TheraSphere
  • ethiodized oil Lipidol
  • pexastimogene devacirepvec Pexa-Vec, JX-594, Jennarex
  • Quinacrine Clevelane

Abstract

Provided herein are compounds, compositions and methods for the treatment of liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In certain embodiments, compounds and compositions of nucleoside derivatives are disclosed, which can be administered either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer agents. In certain embodiments, the compounds are nucleoside analogs of Formula I: (I); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Base, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, V, W, X, Ar, R1 and R2 are as described herein.

Description

NUCLEOTIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF LIVER CANCER
PRIOR RELATED APPLICATION
[0001] This application claims the benefit of, and priority to, United States Provisional Patent Application No. 61/909,941 entitled "Nucleotides for the Treatment of Liver Cancer" filed 27 November 2013, which is hereby incorporated, in its entirety, by reference.
FIELD
[0002] Provided herein are compounds, methods and pharmaceutical compositions for use in treatment of liver cancers in subjects in need thereof. In certain embodiments, nucleoside and nucleotide compounds and prodrugs are provided which can display remarkable efficacy and bioavailability for the treatment of, for example, liver cancers in a human. Liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers. In particular embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the liver cancer is a metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.).
BACKGROUND
[0003] Primary liver cancer is one of the most common forms of cancer in the world. Hepatocellular carcinoma, also known as malignant hepatoma, is the most common form of primary liver cancer, and develops within the hepatocyte. Hepatocellular carcinoma occurs mostly in men and patients that suffer from cirrhosis. It has been the third leading cause of cancer deaths worldwide (Block Ύ Μ et al., 2003, Oncogene 22:5093-5107). Many patients with hepatocellular carcinoma remain asymptomatic until the disease is in its advanced stages, resulting in ineffective treatment and poor prognosis; the majority of unresectable hepatocellular carcinoma patients die within one year.
[0004] Treatment options for hepatocellular carcinoma have been limited, especially in the case of advanced or recurrent hepatocellular carcinoma. Surgery and radiation therapy are options for early stage liver cancer, but not very effective for advanced or recurrent hepatocellular carcinoma. Systematic chemotherapies have not been particularly effective, and there are a very limited number of drugs available for use. The recently approved kinase inhibitor sorafenib has been shown to be effective in treating hepatocellular carcinoma. However, it can slow or stop advanced liver cancer from progressing for only a few months longer than without treatment.
[0005] New therapies for the treatment or prevention of liver cancer such as
hepatocellular carcinoma are needed.
SUMMARY
[0006] Provided herein are compounds useful, for example, for the treatment of liver cancer. The compounds are nucleoside and nucleotide analogs linked to a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate group. In certain embodiments the nucleoside and nucleotide analogs linked to a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate group can display remarkable efficacy or bioavailability, or both, for the treatment of, for example, liver cancer in a human. Liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers. In particular embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcmoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the liver cancer is a metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.).
[0007] In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein are useful in the prevention and treatment of liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma,
cholangiocarcmoma, or biliary tract cancer. These compounds or formulations can also be used prophylactically to prevent or retard the progression of clinical illness in individuals who have symptoms of liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcmoma, or biliary tract cancer.
[0008] A method for the treatment of a liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcmoma, or biliary tract cancer, or metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.), in a subject, such a human, is also provided that includes administering an effective amount of a compound provided herein, administered either alone or in combination or alternation with another anti-cancer agent, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0009] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to Formula I:
Figure imgf000004_0001
(i);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Base is a nucleobase;
X is O or S;
W is O or S;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl;
R is alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, or halogen;
Z is hydrogen;
Z4 is hydroxyl, halogen, amino, or alkynyl; V is hydrogen, halogen, or amino; subject to the proviso that when, in Formula I: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either V is halogen; or Z4 is halogen, amino, or alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
[0010] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to Formula VI:
Figure imgf000004_0002
(VI); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Base is a nucleobase;
W is O or S;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl; and
R is alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl.
[0011] In one aspect, the compounds provided herein are provided or administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent, such as one useful for the treatment or prevention of cancer. Exemplary second therapeutic agents are provided in detail elsewhere herein.
[0012] In another aspect, provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions, single unit dosage forms, and kits suitable for use in treating or preventing disorders such as liver cancer which comprise a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound provided herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, and a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a second therapeutic agent such as one useful for the treatment or prevention of liver cancer.
[0013] In certain embodiments, a method of treatment of a liver disorder is provided comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a treatment effective amount of a 5'- D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound described herein.
[0014] Liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers. In particular embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS
[0015] Provided herein are compounds, compositions, and methods useful for treating liver disorders, such as liver cancer, in a subject. Further provided are dosage forms useful for such methods. Definitions
[0016] When referring to the compounds provided herein, the following terms have the following meanings unless indicated otherwise. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art. In the event that there is a plurality of definitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unless stated otherwise.
[0017] The term "alkyl," as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group includes one to ten carbon atoms, i.e., C\ to C10 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is methyl, CF3, CC13, CFC12, CF2CI, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t- butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, or 2,3- dimethylbutyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkyl groups, including halogenated alkyl groups. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is a fluorinated alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of moieties with which the alkyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al. , Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991, hereby incorporated by reference. In certain embodiments, alkyl is C\ to C10 unsubstituted alkyl. In certain
embodiments, alkyl is Ci to C10 alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert- butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[0018] The term "lower alkyl," as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having one to six carbon atoms, i.e., C\ to C6 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the lower alkyl group is a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
[0019] The term "upper alkyl," as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having seven to thirty carbon atoms, i.e., C7 to C30 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the upper alkyl group is a primary, secondary, or tertiary hydrocarbon. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties.
[0020] The term "cycloalkyl," as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group may be a saturated, and/or bridged, and/or non-bridged, and/or a fused bicyclic group. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group includes three to ten carbon atoms, i.e., C3 to C10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl has from 3 to 15 (C3-15), from 3 to 10 (C3-10), or from 3 to 7 (C3_7) carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptyl,
bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, decalinyl or adamantyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups, including halogenated cycloalkyl groups. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is a fluorinated cycloalkyl group. Non-limiting examples of moieties with which the cycloalkyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary. In certain embodiments, cycloalkyl is C3-Ci5 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[0021] "Alkylene" refers to divalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, including those having from one to eleven carbon atoms which can be straight-chained or branched. In certain embodiments, the alkylene group contains 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH2-), ethylene (-CH2CH2-), the propylene isomers {e.g., -CH2CH2CH2- and - CH(CH3)CH2-) and the like. The term includes halogenated alkylene groups. In certain embodiments, the alkylene group is a fluorinated alkylene group. Non- limiting examples of moieties with which the alkylene group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, alkylaryl, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, and phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary. In certain embodiments, alkylene is Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkylene. In certain embodiments, alkylene is Ci to C10 alkylene substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[0022] "Alkenyl" refers to monovalent olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, in certain embodiments, having up to about 11 carbon atoms, including from 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, which can be straight-chained or branched and having at least 1 , including from 1 to 2, site of olefinic unsaturation. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. Exemplary alkenyl groups include ethenyl (i.e., vinyl, or -CH=CH2), n-propenyl (-CH2CH=CH2), isopropenyl (-C(CH3)=CH2), and the like. The term includes halogenated alkenyl groups. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is a fluorinated alkenyl group. Non-limiting examples of moieties with which the alkenyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary. In certain embodiments, alkenyl is C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl. In certain embodiments, alkenyl is a C2- Cii straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec- butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[0023] The term "cycloalkenyl," as used herein, unless otherwise specified, refers to an unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon. In certain embodiments, cycloalkenyl refers to mono- or multicyclic ring systems that include at least one double bond. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkenyl group may be a bridged, non-bridged, and/or a fused bicyclic group. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group includes at least three carbon atoms, including three to ten carbon atoms, i.e., C3 to C10 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the cycloalkenyl has from 3 to 10 (C3_io), or from 4 to 7 (C4-7) carbon atoms. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted cycloalkenyl groups, including halogenated cycloalkenyl groups. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkenyl group is a fluorinated cycloalkenyl group. Non- limiting examples of moieties with which the cycloalkenyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary. [0024] "Alkenylene" refers to divalent olefmically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, in certain embodiments, having up to about 1 1 carbon atoms or from 2 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight-chained or branched and having at least 1 or from 1 to 2 sites of olefmic unsaturation. This term is exemplified by groups such as ethenylene (-CH=CH-), the propenylene isomers (e.g., -CH=CHCH2- and -C(CH3)=CH- and -CH=C(CH3)-) and the like. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkenylene groups, including halogenated alkenylene groups. In certain embodiments, the alkenylene group is a fluorinated alkenylene group. Non-limiting examples of moieties with which the alkenylene group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
[0025] "Alkynyl" refers to acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon groups, in certain embodiments, having up to about 1 1 carbon atoms or from 2 to 6 carbon atoms which can be straight-chained or branched and having at least 1 or from 1 to 2 sites of alkynyl unsaturation. Non-limiting examples of alkynyl groups include acetylenic, ethynyl (-C≡CH), propargyl (-CH2C≡CH), and the like. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted alkynyl groups, including halogenated alkynyl groups. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is a fluorinated alkynyl group. Non- limiting examples of moieties with which the alkynyl group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary. In certain embodiments, alkynyl is C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments, alkynyl is a C2-Cn straight-chained or branched olefmically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefmic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[0026] The term "aryl," as used herein, and unless otherwise specified, refers to a substituent derived from an aromatic ring. In an embodiment, an aryl group is a C6-Ci2 aryl group. In an embodiment, an aryl group is phenyl, biphenyl or naphthyl. The term includes both substituted and unsubstituted moieties. An aryl group can be substituted with any described moiety, including, but not limited to, one or more moieties selected from the group halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), alkyl, haloalkyl, hydroxyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary, as known to those skilled in the art, for example, as taught in Greene, et al. , Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Second Edition, 1991. In certain embodiments, aryl is C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl. In certain embodiments, aryl is C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CC13, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2- dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH- (Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, -NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[0027] "Alkoxy" and "alkoxyl" refer to the group -OR' where R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl as defined herein. In certain embodiments, the alkoxyl or alkoxy group is -OR', wherein R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl, and wherein alkyl is Ci to Cio alkyl, and cycloalkyl is C3 to C15 cycloalkyl. Alkoxy and alkoxyl groups include, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
[0028] "Alkylcarbonyloxy" refers to a radical -0-C(0)-alkyl, wherein alkyl is as defined herein.
[0029] "Alkoxylcarbonyl" refers to a radical -C(0)-alkoxyl where alkoxyl is as defined herein.
[0030] "Alkoxylalkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical -C(0)-alkyl-alkoxyl where alkoxyl and alkyl are as defined herein.
[0031] "Alkoxylcarbonylalkyl" refers to a radical -alkyl-C(0)-alkoxyl where alkoxyl and alkyl are as defined herein.
[0032] "Alkoxylcarbonylamino" refers to a radical -amino-C(0)-alkoxyl where alkoxyl and amino are as defined herein.
[0033] As used herein, "alkylcarbonylthioalkyl" refers to a radical -alkyl-S-C(0)-alkyl, where alkyl is as defined herein. [0034] As used herein, "(alkoxylcarbonyl)(alkoxylcarbonylamino)alkyl" refers to an alkyl radical substituted with both an alkoxylcarbonyl and an alkoxylcarbonylamino group, where "alkoxylcarbonyl" and "alkoxylcarbonylamino" are as described herein. In an embodiment, the
AA
|-(CH2)n— CH
term refers to a radical of formula A ? wherein n is an integer selected over the range of 1-10, AA is -C(O)-O-R10°, AN is -NH-C(0)-0-R101, and each of R100 and R101 is independently lower alkyl. In an embodiment, each of R100 and R101 is independently C1-C5 alkyl.
[0035] "Amino" refers to the group -NR1 R2 or -NR1'-, wherein R1' and R2' are independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl, each of which is as defined herein.
[0036] The term "alkylamino" or "arylamino" refers to an amino group that has one or two alkyl or aryl substituents, respectively. In certain embodiments, the alkyl substituent is an upper alkyl. In certain embodiments, the alkyl substituent is a lower alkyl. In another embodiment, the alkyl, upper alkyl, or lower alkyl is unsubstituted.
[0037] "Oxo" refers to the group =0.
[0038] "Epoxy" refers to an oxygen atom bonded to two carbon atoms, where the two carbon atoms are also bonded to each other.
[0039] "Amino alcohol" refers to the radical -NHLOH, wherein L is alkylene.
[0040] "Carboxyl" or "carboxy" refers to the radical -C(0)OH.
[0041] "Halogen" or "halo" refers to chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo.
[0042] "Monoalkylamino" refers to the group -NR'-alkyl, wherein R' is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, and cycloalkyl.
[0043] "Thioalkoxyl" refers to the group -SR' where R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl.
[0044] The term "heterocyclo" or "heterocyclic" refers to a monovalent monocyclic non- aromatic ring system and/or multicyclic ring system that contains at least one non-aromatic ring, wherein one or more of the non-aromatic ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, or N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclo or heterocyclic group has from 3 to 20, from 3 to 15, from 3 to 10, from 3 to 8, from 4 to 7, or from 5 to 6 ring atoms. Heterocyclo groups are bonded to the rest of the molecule through the non-aromatic ring. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclo is a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic ring system, which may include a fused or bridged ring system, and in which the nitrogen or sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized, the nitrogen atoms may be optionally quaternized, and some rings may be partially or fully saturated, or aromatic. The heterocyclo may be attached to the main structure at any heteroatom or carbon atom which results in the creation of a stable compound. Examples of such heterocyclic radicals include, but are not limited to, azepinyl, benzodioxanyl,
benzodioxolyl, benzofuranonyl, benzopyranonyl, benzopyranyl, benzotetrahydrofuranyl, benzotetrahydrothienyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzoxazinyl, β-carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromonyl, cinnolinyl, coumarinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydrobenzisothiazinyl,
dihydrobenzisoxazinyl, dihydrofuryl, dihydroisoindolyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dioxolanyl, 1 ,4- dithianyl, furanonyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, indolinyl, isobenzotetrahydrofuranyl, isobenzotetrahydrothienyl, isochromanyl, isocoumarinyl, isoindolinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, oxazolidinonyl, oxazolidinyl, oxiranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl,
tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, and 1,3,5-trithianyl. In certain embodiments, heterocyclic may also be optionally substituted as described herein. Non-limiting examples of moieties with which the heterocyclic group can be substituted include halogen (fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo), oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylalkyl, sulfanyl, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate, either unprotected, or protected as necessary.
[0045] The term "heteroaryl" refers to a monovalent monocyclic aromatic group and/or multicyclic aromatic group that contain at least one aromatic ring, wherein at least one aromatic ring contains one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N in the ring. Heteroaryl groups are bonded to the rest of the molecule through the aromatic ring. Each ring of a heteroaryl group can contain one or two O atoms, one or two S atoms, and/or one to four N atoms, provided that the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl has from 5 to 20, from 5 to 15, or from 5 to 10 ring atoms. Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, furanyl, imidazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiadiazolyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl and triazolyl. Examples of bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl,
benzoisoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothienyl,
benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyridyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazothiazolyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyridopyridyl,
pyrrolopyridyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, thiadiazolopyrimidyl, and thienopyridyl. Examples of tricyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, benzindolyl, carbazolyl, dibenzofuranyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl and xanthenyl. In certain embodiments, heteroaryl may also be optionally substituted as described herein.
[0046] The term "alkylaryl" refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent, wherein aryl and alkyl are as defined herein. The term "aralkyl" or "arylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent, wherein aryl and alkyl are as defined herein.
[0047] The term "alkylheterocyclo" refers to a heterocyclo group with an alkyl substituent. The term "heterocycloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group with a heterocyclo substituent.
[0048] The term "alkylheteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl group with an alkyl substituent. The term "heteroarylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group with a heteroaryl substituent.
[0049] As used herein, the term "hydantoinyl" refers to the group
Figure imgf000013_0001
, where
R and R are each independently hydrogen or lower alkyl.
[0050] As used herein, the term "hydantoinylalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl-hydantoinyl, where alkyl and hydantoinyl are as described herein.
[0051] The term "protecting group" as used herein and unless otherwise defined refers to a group that is added to an oxygen, nitrogen or phosphorus atom to prevent its further reaction or for other purposes. A wide variety of oxygen and nitrogen protecting groups are known to those skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
[0052] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to any salt of a compound provided herein which retains its biological properties and which is not toxic or otherwise undesirable for pharmaceutical use. Such salts may be derived from a variety of organic and inorganic counter- ions well known in the art. Such salts include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts formed with organic or inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, nitric, phosphoric, sulfamic, acetic, trifluoroacetic, trichloroacetic, propionic, hexanoic,
cyclopentylpropionic, glycolic, glutaric, pyruvic, lactic, malonic, succinic, sorbic, ascorbic, malic, maleic, fumaric, tartaric, citric, benzoic, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic, picric, cinnamic, mandelic, phthalic, lauric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, 1 ,2-ethane-disulfonic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic, 2-naphthalenesulfonic, 4- toluenesulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulfonic, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-l-carboxylic, glucoheptonic, 3-phenylpropionic, trimethylacetic, tert-butylacetic, lauryl sulfuric, gluconic, benzoic, glutamic, hydroxynaphthoic, salicylic, stearic, cyclohexylsulfamic, quinic, muconic acid and the like acids; or (2) base addition salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either (a) is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion or an aluminum ion, or alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, aluminum, lithium, zinc, and barium hydroxide, ammonia or (b) coordinates with an organic base, such as aliphatic, alicyclic, or aromatic organic amines, such as ammonia, methylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, picoline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, Ν,Ν'-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N- benzylphenethylamine, N-methylglucamine piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and the like.
[0053] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts further include, by way of example only and without limitation, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium and the like, and when the compound contains a basic functionality, salts of non-toxic organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrohalides, e.g. hydrochloride and hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, sulfamate, nitrate, acetate, trifluoroacetate, trichloroacetate, propionate, hexanoate, cyclopentylpropionate, glycolate, glutarate, pyruvate, lactate, malonate, succinate, sorbate, ascorbate, malate, maleate, fumarate, tartarate, citrate, benzoate, 3-(4- hydroxybenzoyl)benzoate, picrate, cinnamate, mandelate, phthalate, laurate, methanesulfonate (mesylate), ethanesulfonate, 1 ,2-ethane-disulfonate, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate,
benzenesulfonate (besylate), 4-chlorobenzenesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, 4- toluenesulfonate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, 4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-l- carboxylate, glucoheptonate, 3-phenylpropionate, trimethylacetate, tert-butyl acetate, lauryl sulfate, gluconate, benzoate, glutamate, hydroxynaphthoate, salicylate, stearate, cyclohexylsulfamate, quinate, muconate and the like.
[0054] As used herein, the term "nucleobase" refers to the base portion of a nucleoside or nucleotide. In certain embodiments, a nucleobase is a purine or pyrimidine base, as defined herein. In certain embodiments, nucleobase includes 2-chloro-adenine, 5-fluoro-uracil, 5-aza- cytosine, 6-thio-guanine, 6-ethylthio-guanine, and imidazo(4,5-d)(l,3)diazepin-8-ol.
[0055] The term "purine" or "pyrimidine" base refers to, but is not limited to, adenine, N6- alkylpurines, N6-acylpurines (wherein acyl is C(0)(alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl), N6- benzylpurine, N6-halopurine, N6-vinylpurine, N6-acetylenic purine, N6-acyl purine,
N6-hydroxyalkyl purine, N6-alkylaminopurine, N6-thioalkyl purine, N2-alkylpurines, N2-alkyl- 6-thiopurines, thymine, cytosine, 5-fluorocytosine, 5-methylcytosine, 6-azapyrimidine, including 6-azacytosine, 2- and/or 4-mercaptopyrmidine, uracil, 5-halouracil, including 5-fluorouracil, C5-alkylpyrimidines, C5-benzylpyrimidines, C5-halopyrimidines,
C5-vinylpyrimidine, C5-acetylenic pyrimidine, C5-acyl pyrimidine, C 5 -hydroxyalkyl purine, C5- amidopyrimidine, C5-cyanopyrimidine, C5-iodopyrimidine, C6-iodo-pyrimidine, C5-Br-vinyl pyrimidine, C6-Br-vinyl pyrimidine, C5-nitropyrimidine, C5-amino-pyrimidine, N2- alkylpurines, N -alkyl-6-thiopurines, 5-azacytidine, 5-azauracil, triazolopyridine,
imidazolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine, and pyrazolopyrimidine. Purine bases include, but are not limited to, guanine, adenine, hypoxanthine, 7-deazaguanine, 7-deazaadenine, 2,6- diaminopurine, and 6-chloropurine. Functional oxygen and nitrogen groups on the base can be protected as necessary or desired. Suitable protecting groups are well known to those skilled in the art, and include trimethylsilyl, dimethylhexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, and t- butyldiphenylsilyl, trityl, alkyl groups, and acyl groups such as acetyl and propionyl, methanesulfonyl, and p-toluenesulfonyl.
[0056] The term "acyl" or "O-linked ester" refers to a group of the formula C(0)R', wherein R' is alkyl or cycloalkyl (including lower alkyl), carboxylate residue of amino acid, aryl including phenyl, alkaryl, arylalkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including
methoxymethyl, aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl; or substituted alkyl (including lower alkyl), aryl including phenyl optionally substituted with chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to C4 alkyl or Ci to C4 alkoxy, sulfonate esters such as alkyl or arylalkyl sulphonyl including methanesulfonyl, the mono, di or triphosphate ester, trityl or monomethoxy-trityl, substituted benzyl, alkaryl, arylalkyl including benzyl, alkoxyalkyl including methoxymethyl,
aryloxyalkyl such as phenoxymethyl. Aryl groups in the esters optimally comprise a phenyl group. In particular, acyl groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, methylacetyl,
cyclpropylacetyl, propionyl, butyryl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, neo-heptanoyl, phenylacetyl, 2-acetoxy-2-phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, a-methoxy-a-trifluoromethyl- phenylacetyl, bromoacetyl, 2-nitro-benzeneacetyl, 4-chloro-benzeneacetyl, 2-chloro-2,2- diphenylacetyl, 2-chloro-2-phenylacetyl, trimethylacetyl, chlorodifluoroacetyl, perfluoroacetyl, fluoroacetyl, bromodifluoroacetyl, methoxyacetyl, 2-thiopheneacetyl, chlorosulfonylacetyl, 3- methoxyphenylacetyl, phenoxyacetyl, tert-butylacetyl, trichloroacetyl, monochloro-acetyl, dichloroacetyl, 7H-dodecafluoro-heptanoyl, perfluoro-heptanoyl, 7H-dodeca-fluoroheptanoyl, 7-chlorododecafluoro-heptanoyl, 7-chloro-dodecafluoro-heptanoyl, 7H-dodecafluoroheptanoyl, 7H-dodeca-fluoroheptanoyl, nona-fluoro-3 ,6-dioxa-heptanoyl, nonafluoro-3 ,6-dioxaheptanoyl, perfluoroheptanoyl, methoxybenzoyl, methyl 3-amino-5-phenylthiophene-2-carboxyl, 3,6- dichloro-2-methoxy-benzoyl, 4-(l , 1 ,2,2-tetrafluoro-ethoxy)-benzoyl, 2-bromo-propionyl, omega-aminocapryl, decanoyl, n-pentadecanoyl, stearyl, 3-cyclopentyl-propionyl, 1-benzene- carboxyl, O-acetylmandelyl, pivaloyl acetyl, 1-adamantane-carboxyl, cyclohexane-carboxyl, 2,6-pyridinedicarboxyl, cyclopropane-carboxyl, cyclobutane-carboxyl, perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, 4-methylbenzoyl, chloromethyl isoxazolyl carbonyl, perfluorocyclohexyl carboxyl, crotonyl, 1 -methyl- lH-indazole-3 -carbonyl, 2-propenyl, isovaleryl, 1-pyrrolidinecarbonyl, 4- phenylbenzoyl.
[0057] The term "amino acid" refers to naturally occurring and synthetic α, β, γ, or δ amino acids, and includes but is not limited to, amino acids found in proteins, i.e. glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, proline, serine, threonine, cysteine, tyrosine, asparagine, glutamine, aspartate, glutamate, lysine, arginine and histidine. In certain embodiments, the amino acid is in the L-configuration. In certain embodiments, the amino acid is in the D-configuration. In certain embodiments, the amino acid is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the amino acid is a residue selected from alanyl, valinyl, leucinyl, isoleuccinyl, prolinyl, phenylalaninyl, tryptophanyl, methioninyl, glycinyl, serinyl, threoninyl, cysteinyl, tyrosinyl, asparaginyl, glutaminyl, aspartoyl, glutaroyl, lysinyl, argininyl, histidinyl, β-alanyl, β-valinyl, β-leucinyl, β- isoleuccinyl, β-prolinyl, β-phenylalaninyl, β-tryptophanyl, β-methioninyl, β-glycinyl, β- serinyl, β-threoninyl, β-cysteinyl, β-tyrosinyl, β-asparaginyl, β-glutaminyl, β-aspartoyl, β- glutaroyl, β-lysinyl, β-argininyl, or β-histidinyl.
[0058] The term "amino acid derivative" refers to a group derivable from a naturally or non-naturally occurring amino acid, as described and exemplified herein. Amino acid derivatives are apparent to those of skill in the art and include, but are not limited to, ester, amino alcohol, amino aldehyde, amino lactone, and N-methyl derivatives of naturally and non-naturally occurring amino acids. In an embodiment, an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the substituent is -NRX-
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein Q1 is -SRY, -NRYRY, or alkoxyl, RY is hydrogen or alkyl, Sc is a side chain of a naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring amino acid, G is C1-C2 alkylene, and Rx is hydrogen or Rx and Sc, together with the atoms to which they are attached, combine to form a five-membered heterocyclic ring. In an embodiment, an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the
2 2
substituent is -0-C(0)-G(Sc)-NH-Q , wherein Q is hydrogen or alkoxyl, Sc is a side chain of a naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring amino acid and G is C1-C2 alkylene. In certain embodiments, Q and Sc, together with the atoms to which they are attached, combine to form a five-membered heterocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, G is Ci alkylene and Sc is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl. In an embodiment, an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the amino acid derivative is in the D-configuration. In an embodiment, an amino acid derivative is provided as a substituent of a compound described herein, wherein the amino acid derivative is in the L- configuration.
[0059] As used herein, the term "aminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl group with an amino substituent, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
[0060] As used herein, the terms "hydroxylalkyl" and "hydroxyalkyl" refer to an alkyl group with a hydroxyl substituent, where alkyl is as described herein.
[0061] As used herein, the term "carboxylalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl-C(0)OH, where alkyl is as described herein.
[0062] As used herein, the term "aminoiminoaminoalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl- amino-C(NH)-amino, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
[0063] As used herein, the term "aminocarbonylalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl-C(O)- amino, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
[0064] As used herein, the term "sulfanylalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl-SH, where alkyl is as described herein. [0065] As used herein, the term "carbamoylalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl-C(O)- amino, where alkyl and amino are as described herein.
[0066] As used herein, the term "alkylsulfanylalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl-S-alkyl, where alkyl is as described herein.
[0067] As used herein, the term "hydroxylarylalkyl" refers to the group -alkyl-aryl-OH, where alkyl and aryl are as described herein.
[0068] Unless expressly stated to the contrary, substitution by a named substituent is permitted on any atom in a chain or ring provided such substitution is chemically allowed and results in a stable compound. A "stable" compound is a compound which can be prepared and isolated and whose structure and properties remain or can be caused to remain essentially unchanged for a period of time sufficient to allow use of the compound for the purposes described herein (e.g., therapeutic or prophylactic administration to a subject).
[0069] To the extent substituents and substituent patterns provide for the existence of tautomers (e.g., keto-enol tautomers) in the compounds described herein, all tautomeric forms of these compounds, whether present individually or in mixtures, are within the scope of the present disclosure. Compounds of the present disclosure having a hydroxy substituent on a carbon atom of a heteroaromatic ring are understood to include compounds in which only the hydroxy is present, compounds in which only the tautomeric keto form (i.e., an oxo substituent) is present, and compounds in which the keto and enol forms are both present.
[0070] As used herein when referring to a substituent on a sugar ring of a nucleoside, the term "alpha" refers to a substituent on the same side of the plane of the sugar ring as the 5' carbon and the term "beta" refers to a substituent on the opposite side of the plane of the sugar ring from the 5' carbon. As shown below, substituent "A" is in the "alpha" position, and substituent "B" is in the "beta" position with respect to the 5' carbon:
Figure imgf000018_0001
[0071] The term "substantially free of or "substantially in the absence of," when used in connection with an article (including, but not limited to, a compound, a salt thereof, a solvate thereof, a solid form thereof, and the like), refers to the article that includes at least 85% or 90% by weight, in certain embodiments, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100% by weight, of the designated article. For example, the term "substantially free of or "substantially in the absence of with respect to a nucleoside composition can refer to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85% or 90% by weight, in certain embodiments, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100%) by weight, of the designated stereoisomer of that nucleoside. In certain embodiments, in the methods and compounds provided herein, the compounds are substantially free of undesignated stereoisomers or other compounds. For another example, the term
"substantially free of or "substantially in the absence of with respect to a solid form can refer to a solid form that includes at least 85% or 90% by weight, in certain embodiments, 95%), 98%), 99%), or 100% by weight, of the designated solid form. In certain embodiments, in the methods and compounds provided herein, the solid form is substantially free of other solid forms.
[0072] Similarly, the term "isolated" with respect to a nucleoside composition refers to a nucleoside composition that includes at least 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% to 100% by weight, of the nucleoside, the remainder comprising other chemical species or stereoisomers. Similarly, the term "isolated" with respect to a solid form of a compound refers to a solid that includes at least 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, or 99% to 100% by weight, of such solid form of the compound, the remainder comprising other solid forms of the compound, other compounds, solvents, and/or other impurities.
[0073] "Solvate" refers to a compound provided herein or a salt thereof, that further includes a stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amount of solvent bound by non-covalent intermolecular forces. Where the solvent is water, the solvate is a hydrate.
[0074] "Isotopic composition" refers to the amount of each isotope present for a given atom, and "natural isotopic composition" refers to the naturally occurring isotopic composition or abundance for a given atom. Atoms containing their natural isotopic composition may also be referred to herein as "non-enriched" atoms. Unless otherwise designated, the atoms of the compounds recited herein are meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. For example, unless otherwise stated, when a position is designated specifically as "FT or "hydrogen," the position is understood to have hydrogen at its natural isotopic composition.
[0075] "Isotopic enrichment" refers to the percentage of incorporation of an amount of a specific isotope at a given atom in a molecule in the place of that atom's natural isotopic abundance. For example, deuterium enrichment of 1% at a given position means that 1% of the molecules in a given sample contain deuterium at the specified position. Because the naturally occurring distribution of deuterium is about 0.0156%, deuterium enrichment at any position in a compound synthesized using non-enriched starting materials is about 0.0156%. The isotopic enrichment of the compounds provided herein can be determined using conventional analytical methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, including mass spectrometry and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
[0076] "Isotopically enriched" refers to an atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom. "Isotopically enriched" may also refer to a compound containing at least one atom having an isotopic composition other than the natural isotopic composition of that atom.
[0077] As used herein, "alkyl," "cycloalkyl," "alkenyl," "cycloalkenyl," "alkynyl," "aryl," "alkoxy," "alkoxycarbonyl," "alkoxycarbonylalkyl," "amino," "carboxyl," "alkylamino," "arylamino," "thioalkyoxy," "heterocyclo," "heteroaryl," "alkylheterocyclo,"
"alkylheteroaryl," "acyl," "aralkyl," "alkaryl," "purine," "pyrimidine," "carboxyl" and "amino acid" groups optionally comprise deuterium at one or more positions where hydrogen atoms are present, and wherein the deuterium composition of the atom or atoms is other than the natural isotopic composition.
[0078] Also as used herein, "alkyl," "cycloalkyl," "alkenyl," "cycloalkenyl," "alkynyl," "aryl," "alkoxy," "alkoxycarbonyl," "alkoxycarbonylalkyl," "carboxyl," "alkylamino," "arylamino," "thioalkyoxy," "heterocyclo," "heteroaryl," "alkylheterocyclo,"
"alkylheteroaryl," "acyl," "aralkyl," "alkaryl," "purine," "pyrimidine," "carboxyl" and "amino acid" groups optionally comprise carbon- 13 at an amount other than the natural isotopic composition.
[0079] As used herein, EC50 refers to a dosage, concentration or amount of a particular test compound that elicits a dose-dependent response at 50% of maximal expression of a particular response that is induced, provoked or potentiated by the particular test compound.
[0080] As used herein, the IC50 refers to an amount, concentration or dosage of a particular test compound that achieves a 50% inhibition of a maximal response in an assay that measures such response.
[0081] The term "host," as used herein, refers to any unicellular or multicellular organism in which the virus can replicate, including cell lines and animals, and in certain embodiments, a human. Alternatively, the host can be carrying a part of the Flaviviridae viral genome, whose replication or function can be altered by the compounds of the present invention. The term host specifically includes infected cells, cells transfected with all or part of the Flaviviridae genome and animals, in particular, primates (including chimpanzees) and humans. In most animal applications of the present invention, the host is a human patient. Veterinary applications, in certain indications, however, are clearly anticipated by the present invention (such as chimpanzees).
[0082] As used herein, the terms "subject" and "patient" are used interchangeably herein. The terms "subject" and "subjects" refer to an animal, such as a mammal including a non- primate {e.g., a cow, pig, horse, cat, dog, rat, and mouse) and a primate {e.g., a monkey such as a cynomolgous monkey, a chimpanzee and a human), and for example, a human. In certain embodiments, the subject is refractory or non-responsive to current treatments for hepatitis C infection. In another embodiment, the subject is a farm animal {e.g., a horse, a cow, a pig, etc.) or a pet {e.g., a dog or a cat). In certain embodiments, the subject is a human.
[0083] As used herein, the terms "therapeutic agent" and "therapeutic agents" refer to any agent(s) which can be used in the treatment or prevention of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof. In certain embodiments, the term "therapeutic agent" includes a compound provided herein. In certain embodiments, a therapeutic agent is an agent which is known to be useful for, or has been or is currently being used for the treatment or prevention of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof.
[0084] "Therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount of a compound or composition that, when administered to a subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. A "therapeutically effective amount" can vary depending on, inter alia, the compound, the disease and its severity, and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated.
[0085] "Treating" or "treatment" of any disease or disorder refers, in certain embodiments, to ameliorating a disease or disorder that exists in a subject. In another embodiment, "treating" or "treatment" includes ameliorating at least one physical parameter, which may be
indiscernible by the subject. In yet another embodiment, "treating" or "treatment" includes modulating the disease or disorder, either physically {e.g., stabilization of a discernible symptom) or physiologically {e.g., stabilization of a physical parameter) or both. In yet another embodiment, "treating" or "treatment" includes delaying the onset of the disease or disorder.
[0086] As used herein, the terms "prophylactic agent" and "prophylactic agents" as used refer to any agent(s) which can be used in the prevention of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof. In certain embodiments, the term "prophylactic agent" includes a compound provided herein. In certain other embodiments, the term "prophylactic agent" does not refer a compound provided herein. For example, a prophylactic agent is an agent which is known to be useful for, or has been or is currently being used to prevent or impede the onset, development, progression and/or severity of a disorder.
[0087] As used herein, the phrase "prophylactically effective amount" refers to the amount of a therapy (e.g. , prophylactic agent) which is sufficient to result in the prevention or reduction of the development, recurrence or onset of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder, or to enhance or improve the prophylactic effect(s) of another therapy (e.g., another prophylactic agent).
Compounds
[0088] Provided herein are nucleoside compounds useful for the treatment of liver cancers such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. The nucleoside compounds can be formed as described herein and used for the treatment of liver cancers such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
[0089] The compounds described herein may optionally be used in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. It is understood that references to compounds or
pharmaceutically salts thereof would include compounds in present form as well as in different forms, such as polymorphs and solvates (including hydrates), as applicable.
[0090] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulas I, la or lb:
Figure imgf000022_0001
(i);
Figure imgf000023_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Base is a nucleobase;
X is O or S;
W is O or S;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl;
R is alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, or halogen;
Z is hydrogen;
Z4 is hydroxyl, halogen, amino, or alkynyl; V is hydrogen, halogen, or amino;
subject to the proviso that when: Z1 is hydrogen, then: V is halogen; or Z4 is halogen, amino or alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine or uracil.
[0091] Formula I includes a chiral amino acid residue linked to a 5'-phosphoramidate group. Those of skill in the art will recognize that the amino acid residue has R
stereochemistry at the carbon bonded to R ; i.e., that it is a D-amino acid residue. In certain embodiments, R is the side chain of an amino acid. The side chain can be the side chain of any amino acids known to those of skill. In certain embodiments, the side chain is the side chain of histidine, alanine, isoleucine, arginine, leucine, asparagine, lysine, aspartic acid, methionine, cysteine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid, threonine, glutamine, tryptophan, valine, ornithine, selenocysteine, serine or tyrosine. In particular embodiments, the side chain is the side chain of alanine.
[0092] The compounds provided herein are based, at least in part, on the discovery that D-amino acid phosphoramidate prodrugs can provide superior human pharmacokinetics including superior accumulation of active nucleoside and nucleotide analogs in target cells, such as liver cells. In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein are D-amino acid, Rp phosphoramidate compounds. In certain embodiments, the compounds provided herein are D-amino acid, Sp phosphoramidate compounds. Any compound provided herein is preferably in the form of a composition that is substantially free of other stereoisomers of the compound, as described herein.
[0093] In Formula I, Ar is aryl or heteroaryl. Useful aryl groups include phenyl and napthyl. Useful heteroaryl groups are described above. These groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are substituted. Useful substituents are described in in the definition of aryl herein.
Exemplary substituents include -N02, -F, -OMe, -NH2, -NMe2, -Me, -CF3, -CI, -OH, -CN, and -OCF3.
[0094] In Formula I, R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl. The alkyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, the alkyl groups are
unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, the alkyl groups are substituted. Useful substituents are described in the definition of alkyl above. The aryl and heteroaryl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, they are substituted. Useful substituents are described in in the definition of aryl herein. Exemplary substituents include -N02, -F, -OMe, -NH2, -NMe2, -Me, -CF3, -CI, -OH, -CN, and -OCF3.
[0095] In an embodiment, provided herein is a compound according to according to any of Formulas I, la or lb, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000024_0001
, or a tautomeric form thereof;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl; R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
1' 2'
substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo;
Z is hydrogen;
Z4 is hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cii substituted alkynyl;
1' 2'
V is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ; 1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate;
heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that when, in Formula I: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either V is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo; or Z4 is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
[0096] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae II - lib:
Figure imgf000027_0001
(ii);
Figure imgf000027_0002
(Ila) (lib); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein: Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or cyano; Base,
2 1 2
Z',W, Ar, R and IT are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb. In certain embodiments, Z1 is hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, Z1 is fluoro. In certain embodiments,
1 1 2
Z is chloro. In certain embodiments, Z is hydroxyl and Z is hydrogen or fluoro. In certain
1 2
embodiments, Z is fluoro and Z is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro or hydroxyl. In certain
1 2 1 embodiments, Z is chloro and Z is hydrogen, chloro or fluoro. In certain embodiments, Z is cyano and Z is hydrogen.
[0097] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae II - lib, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000028_0001
, or a tautomeric form thereof;
W is O or S;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
1' 2'
substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CC13, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate;
heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or
multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more
heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation
substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or
phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that when, in Formula II: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either Z4 is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR R , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
[0098] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae III - Illb:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0002
(Ilia) (Illb);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein: Z4 is fluoro, amino, or alkynyl; and Base, W, Ar, R1 and R2 are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb. In certain embodiments, Z4 is fluoro. In certain embodiments, Z4 is -NH2. In certain embodiments, Z4 is -C≡CH.
[0099] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae III - Illb, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000031_0003
, or a tautomeric form thereof;
W is O or S;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio
unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)- heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl )- C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to 1' 2'
Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)- C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z4 is fluoro, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2-C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFCI2, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
[00100] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae IV - IVb:
Figure imgf000034_0001
(IVa) (IVb);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein: Z is hydrogen or hydroxyl; Base is other than adenine,
1 2
guanosine, cytosine, thymine or uracil; and W, Ar, R and R are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb. In certain embodiments, Base is selected from the group consisting of 2-chloro-adenine, 5-fluoro-uracil, 5-aza-cytosine, 6-thio-guanine, S-ethyl-6-thio-guanine, and imidazo(4,5-d)(l,3)diazepin-8-ol. In certain embodiments, Z is hydrogen; and Base is selected from the group consisting of 2-chloro-adenine, 5-fluoro-uracil, 5-aza-cytosine, and imidazo(4,5-d)(l,3)diazepin-8-ol. In certain embodiments, Z is hydroxyl and Base 6-thio- guanine or S-ethyl-6-thio-guanine.
[00101] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae IV - IVb, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein: Base is
Figure imgf000035_0001
, or a tautomeric form thereof, wherein Base is other than adenine, guanosine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil;
Z is hydrogen or hydroxyl;
W is O or S;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
1' 2'
substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ; 1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate;
heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[00102] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae V - Vb:
Figure imgf000037_0001
(V);
Figure imgf000037_0002
(Va) (Vb);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or
1 2
polymorphic form thereof, wherein: Base, W, Ar, R and R are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb. In particular embodiments, Base is cytosine. [00103] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae V - Vb, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000038_0001
, or a tautomeric form thereof;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10
unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )- C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl,
1' 2'
-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to
1' 2'
Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)- C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ; 1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2-C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFCI2, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[00104] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae VI - VIb:
Figure imgf000040_0001
(Via) (VIb);
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein: W is O or S; Ar is aryl or heteroaryl; and Base, R1 and R are as described in the context of Formula I, la or lb. In certain embodiments, Base is cytosine. [00105] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae VI - VIb, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Base is cytosine;
W is O or S;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
1' 2'
substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CC13, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF , CF2CF , propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate;
heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fiuoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[00106] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae VII - X:
Figure imgf000043_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or
1 2 3 4 1 2
polymorphic form thereof, wherein: Z , Z , Z , Z , W, V, X, Ar, R and R are as described in the context of Formula I; R is hydrogen, alkyl or halogen; and R is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl or amino.
[00107] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae VII - X, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl; R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )- C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl,
1' 2'
-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to
1' 2'
Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)- C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo;
Z is hydrogen;
Z4 is hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-C11 substituted alkynyl;
1' 2'
V is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2-C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFCI2, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that when, in Formula VII - X: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either V is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo; or Z4 is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn
unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
[00108] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae XI - XVIII:
Figure imgf000046_0001
(XIII)
(XIV)
Figure imgf000046_0002
(XV)
(XVI)
Figure imgf000047_0001
(XVIII)
(XVII) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or
1 2 3 4 1 2
polymorphic form thereof, wherein Z , Z , Z , Z , W, V, X, Ar, R and R are as described in the context of Formula I.
[00109] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of Formulae XI - XVIII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, -(Ci to Cio
unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)- heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl )- C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl,
1' 2'
-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to
1' 2'
Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)- C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano; Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo; Z is hydrogen;
Z4 is hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-C11 substituted alkynyl;
1' 2'
V is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Cj. to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2-C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFCI2, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that when, in Formula XI - XVIII: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either V is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo; or Z4 is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
[00110] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is - H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of an amino
1 2 3 acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -OH; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00111] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is - F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of an amino
1 2 3 acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -OH; Z is -F; Z is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 1 is -OH; Z 2 is -F;
Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain
embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00112] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is - OH; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -H; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-
1 2 3 4 2
XVIII, Z is -F; Z is -OH; Z is -H; Z is -H; V is -H; and R is a side chain of an amino
1 2 3 acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z" is -OH; Ί/ is -H; Z4 is -H; V is -H; and R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -OH; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -H; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 11 is -F; Z 2" is -OH;
Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -H; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -OH; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -H; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -OH; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -H; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -OH; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -H; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R2 is isopropyl.
[00113] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 1 is -F; Z 2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-
1 2 3 4 2
XVIII, Z is -F; Z is -F; Z is -H; Z is -OH; V is -H; and R is a side chain of an amino
2 3 acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -F; Z is -F; Z is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, , Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R2 is isopropyl.
[00114] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 11 is -F; Z 2" is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-
1 2 3 4 2
XVIII, Z is -F; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z is -OH; V is -H; and R is a side chain of an amino
1 2 3 acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -F; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z 11 is -F; Z2" is -H; Ί/ 3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R2 is isopropyl.
[00115] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -F;
Z 2 is -CI; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -CI; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of 1 2 an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -F; Z is
-Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and
1 2
Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -F; Z is - Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00116] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -Cl;
Z 2 is -Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of
1 2 an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -Cl; Z is
-Cl; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -Cl; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00117] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -Cl;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of
1 2 an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -Cl; Z is
-H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -Cl; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and
1 2
Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -Cl; Z is
-H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH;
V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00118] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -CI;
Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of
1 2 an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -CI; Z is
-F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar
1 2 is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -CI; Z is -F;
Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain
embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH;
V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00119] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -F;
Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of
1 2 an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -F; Z is
-F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -F; Z2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R2 is isopropyl.
[00120] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -CN;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00121] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -H;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -C≡CH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -C≡CH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain
1 2 of an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -C≡CH; and V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIIIZ1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -C≡CH; and V is -H; R is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -C≡CH; and V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl;
1 2 and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z is -
H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -C≡CH; and V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -
C≡CH; and V is -H R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIIIZ1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -
2 2
C≡CH; and V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00122] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -H;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -F; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of
1 2 3 4 2 formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z" is -H; Ί/ is -H; ΊΓ is -F; V is -H; and R is a side chain of an 1 2 amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z is -
H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -F; and V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIIIZ1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -F; and V is -H; R2 is methyl; and
1 2
Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z is -
H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -F; and V is -H; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -F; and V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -F; and V is -H R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIIIZ1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -F; and V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00123] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -H;
2 3 4
Z is -H; Z is -H; Z is -NH2; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -NH2; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of
1 2 an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z is
-H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -NH2; and V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -NH2; and V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -NH2; and V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O.
2 3
In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z is -H; Z is -H; Z4 is -NH2; and V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -NH2; and V is -H
2 1
R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -NH2; and V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00124] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -H;
Z 2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -F. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -F; and R2 is a side chain of
1 2 an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z is
-F; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -F; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -F; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -H; Z2 is -F; Z 3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -F; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -F; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -F; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -H; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -F; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R2 is isopropyl.
[00125] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -CN;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -H. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; and R2 is a side chain of an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; V is -H; and R 2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is - OH; V is -H; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -H; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00126] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, wherein Z1 is -CN;
Z 2 is -H; Z 3 is -H; Z 4 is -OH; and V is -NH2. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -NH2; and R2 is a side chain of an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -NH2; and R2 is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -NH2; R is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I- XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -NH2; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and
1 2
W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z is -CN; Z is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; V is -NH2; R2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -
OH; V is -NH2; R 2 is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R 1 is isopropyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -
2 2
OH; V is -NH2; R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00127] In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is a side chain of an amino acid. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl; and Ar is phenyl. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is O. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; and W is S. In certain embodiments according to any of formulas I-
2 1
XVIII, R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is S; and R is isopropyl. In certain embodiments
2 1
according to any of formulas I-XVIII, R is methyl; Ar is phenyl; W is O; and R is isopropyl.
[00128] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of the above embodiments, wherein:
Base is
Figure imgf000057_0001
, or a tautomeric form thereof;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, halogen, sulfanyl, amino, or aminoalkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, azido, or alkoxyl;
R6 is hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl; and
R7 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, or amino.
[00129] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000057_0002

Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein W, Ar, R1 and R2 are as described in the context of Formula I.
[00130] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000059_0003
Figure imgf000060_0001

Figure imgf000061_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form, or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl; R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10
unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )- C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl,
1' 2'
-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to
1' 2'
Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)- C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2-C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFCI2, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[00131] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein W, Ar, R1 and R2 are as described in the context of Formula I.
[00132] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000066_0002
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein:
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10
unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )- C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl,
1' 2'
-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to
1' 2'
Cio substituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)- C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2-C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFCI2, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, - NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
[00133] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof.
[00134] In certain embodiments, provided herein are compounds according to any of the following formulae:
Figure imgf000073_0001
72
Figure imgf000074_0001
73
Figure imgf000075_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof.
[00135] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas la-98c:
Figure imgf000076_0001
Ar Z2 Z1 Base la/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
2a/b/c -CH(C¾)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
3a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
4a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
Figure imgf000076_0002
5a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
6a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
7a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
8a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
9a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
lOa/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
1 la/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
12a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
13a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
Figure imgf000076_0003
14a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
15a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
16a/b/c -CH(C¾)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
17a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
18a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
19a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
20a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
2 la/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
22a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
Figure imgf000076_0004
23a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
24a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
2 a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
26a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
27a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
28a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH 0
29a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
30a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
3 la/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
32a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
33a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
34a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
35a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
36a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
Figure imgf000077_0001
Ar Z2 Z1 Base 7a b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
8a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
9a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
0a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6¾ -F -F
1a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
Figure imgf000077_0002
2a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
3a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
4a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
5a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
6a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
7a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
8a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
9a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F N NH2 0a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
1a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
2a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
53a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
Figure imgf000077_0003
59a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
60a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
61a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
62a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
63a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
64a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
65a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
66a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
67a b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
Figure imgf000077_0004
68a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
69a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
70a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
71a b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
Figure imgf000078_0001
la-98a lb-98b lc-98c
Figure imgf000078_0002
78a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
79a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
80a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
81a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
82a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH n
83a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F X
84a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
85a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
86a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
87a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
88a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
89a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
90a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH NH2
91a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH s/5y4N
92a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
93a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
94a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
95a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
96a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
97a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
98a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof. In the table, each row provides three structures - one according to the left structure (la-98a), one according to the middle left structure (lb-98b), and one according to the right structure (lc-90c). For instance, the first row provides compound la according to the top left structure, compound lb according to the top middle structure, and compound lc according to the top right structure, each with the indicated variables in the row.
[00136] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas 101a-198c:
Figure imgf000079_0001
101a-198a 101b-198b 101c-198c
# R1 Ar Z2 Z1 Base
lOla/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
102a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
103a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
104a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
Figure imgf000079_0002
105a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
106a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
107a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
108a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
109a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
HOa/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
l l la/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
112a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
113a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
114a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
115a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
116a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
117a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
118a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
119a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH N J H2
120a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
121a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
122a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
123a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
124a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
125a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
Figure imgf000079_0004
132a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6¾ -H -F
133a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
134a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -G5H5 -CI -CI
135a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
136a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
Figure imgf000080_0001
101a-198a 101b-198b 101c-198c
Ar Z2 Z1 Base
137a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
138a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
139a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
140a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
141a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
Figure imgf000080_0002
142a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
143a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
144a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
145a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
146a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
147a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
148a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
149a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F r N NH2
150a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F /'
151a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
152a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
Figure imgf000080_0003
159a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
160a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
161a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
162a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
163a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
164a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
165a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
166a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
167a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
Figure imgf000080_0004
168a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
169a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
170a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
171a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
Figure imgf000081_0001
101a-198a 101b-198b 101c-198c
Figure imgf000081_0002
176a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
177a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
178a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
179a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6¾ -H -CI
180a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI
181a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
182a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
183a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F X
184a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -F -F
185a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
186a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
187a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
188a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
189a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6¾ -F -CI
190a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH NH2
191a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
192a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
193a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6¾ -F -F
194a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -H -F
195a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
196a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
197a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
198a/b/c -CH(CH,)2 -C6H5 -F -CI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof.
[00137] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas 200a-200c:
Figure imgf000081_0003
200a 200b 200c or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein W and Base are as described in formula I, above. In particular embodiments, Base is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000082_0001
In particular embodiments, W is S. In certain embodiments, W is O.
[00138] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas300a-300c :
Figure imgf000082_0002
300a 300b 300c or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof, wherein W and Base are as described in formula I, above. In particular embodiments, Base is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000082_0003
In particular embodiments, W is S. In certain embodiments, W is O.
[00139] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas 400a-429c:
Figure imgf000083_0001
400a-429a 400b-429b 400c-429c
# R1 Ar V Z4 Z2 Z1 Base
400a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -C≡CFJ -H -H
401 a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F -H -H
402a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -NH2 -H -H
Figure imgf000083_0002
Figure imgf000083_0003
411a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -NH2 -OH -H -CN
412a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -H -H
413a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F -H -H
414a/b/c -CH(CH 2 -C6H5 -H -NH2 -H -H
415a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH -F -H
Figure imgf000083_0004
416a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH -H -CN
417a/b/c -C6H5 -OH -H -CN
418a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -C≡CH -H -H
419a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F -H -H
420a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -NH2 -H -H
421 a/b/c -CH(CH 2 -C6H5 -F -OH -F -H
422a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH -H -CN
429a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -NH2 -OH -H -CN
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof.
[00140] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas 430a-459c:
Figure imgf000084_0001
430a-459a 430b-459b 430c-459c
# R1 Ar V Z4 Z2 Z1 Base
430a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -C≡CH -H -H
431 a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F -H -H
432a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -NH2 -H -H
Figure imgf000084_0002
Figure imgf000084_0003
459a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -NH2 -OH -H -CN or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof.
[00141] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas 460a-468c:
Figure imgf000085_0001
460a-468a 460b-468b 460c-468c
# R1 Ar Z2 Z1 Base
460a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
461a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH
462a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
463a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F
464a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
465a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F
466a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
Figure imgf000085_0002
467a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
468a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof. In the table, each row provides three structures - one according to the left structure (460a-468a), one according to the middle left structure (460b-468b), and one according to the right structure (460c-460c). For instance, the first row provides compound la according to the top left structure, compound lb according to the top middle structure, and compound lc according to the top right structure, each with the indicated variables in the row.
[00142] In certain embodiments provided herein is a compound according to any of Formulas 469a-477c:
Figure imgf000085_0003
469a-477a 469b-477b 469c-477c
# R1 Ar Z2 Z1 Base
469a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -OH
470a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -OH 0
471a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -OH -F
472a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -F NH
473a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -F
474a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -F ι
475a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -CI -CI
476a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -H -CI
477a/b/c -CH(CH3)2 -C6H5 -F -CI or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, stereoisomeric form, tautomeric form or polymorphic form thereof. In the table, each row provides three structures - one according to the left structure (469a-477a), one according to the middle left structure (469b-477b), and one according to the right structure (469c-477c). For instance, the first row provides compound la according to the top left structure, compound lb according to the top middle structure, and compound lc according to the top right structure, each with the indicated variables in the row.
[00143] In some embodiments, provided herein are:
(a) compounds as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts and compositions thereof;
(b) compounds as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts and compositions thereof for use in the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a liver cancer;
(c) processes for the preparation of compounds as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I- XVIII and l-477c, as described in more detail elsewhere herein;
(d) pharmaceutical formulations comprising a compound as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;
(e) pharmaceutical formulations comprising a compound as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more other effective anti-cancer agents, optionally in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent;
(f) a method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a host with liver cancer that includes the administration of an effective amount of a compound as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or composition; or
(g) a method for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a host with liver cancer that includes the administration of an effective amount of a compounds as described herein, e.g., of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt or composition in combination and/or alternation with one or more effective anti-cancer agent.
Optically Active Compounds
[00144] It is appreciated that compounds provided herein have several chiral centers and may exist in and be isolated in optically active and racemic forms. Some compounds may exhibit polymorphism. It is to be understood that any racemic, optically-active, diastereomeric, polymorphic, or stereoisomeric form, or mixtures thereof, of a compound provided herein, which possess the useful properties described herein is within the scope of the invention. It being well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms (for example, by resolution of the racemic form by recrystallization techniques, by synthesis from optically- active starting materials, by chiral synthesis, or by chromatographic separation using a chiral stationary phase).
[00145] The compounds described herein, i.e. compounds of any of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, may have one or more chiral (asymmetric) centers. The present disclosure
encompasses all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds described herein. Centers of asymmetry that are present in the compounds described herein, can all independently of one another have (R) or (S) configuration. When bonds to a chiral atom, such as carbon or phosphorus, are depicted as straight lines in the structural formulas of the compounds described herein, or when a compound name is recited without an (R) or (S) chiral
designation for a chiral atom, it is understood that both the (R) and (S) configurations of each such chiral atoms, and hence each enantiomer or diastereomer and mixtures thereof, are embraced within the structural formula or by the name. The production of specific
stereoisomers or mixtures thereof may be identified in the Examples where such
stereoisomers or mixtures were obtained, but this in no way limits the inclusion of all stereoisomers and mixtures thereof from being within the scope of the present disclosure.
[00146] Since the 1 ' and 4' carbons of a nucleoside are chiral, their non-hydrogen substituents (the base and the CHOR groups, respectively) can be either cis (on the same side) or trans (on opposite sides) with respect to the sugar ring system. The four optical isomers therefore are represented by the following configurations (when orienting the sugar moiety in a horizontal plane such that the oxygen atom is in the back): cis (with both groups "up", which corresponds to the configuration of naturally occurring β-D nucleosides), cis (with both groups "down", which is a non-naturally occurring β-L configuration), trans (with the C2' substituent "up" and the C4' substituent "down"), and trans (with the C2' substituent "down" and the C4' substituent "up"). The "D-nucleosides" are cis nucleosides in a natural configuration and the "L-nucleosides" are cis nucleosides in the non-naturally occurring configuration.
[00147] Likewise, most amino acids are chiral (designated as L or D, wherein the L enantiomer is the naturally occurring configuration) and can exist as separate enantiomers. [00148] Examples of methods to obtain optically active materials are known in the art, and include at least the following. i) physical separation of crystals - a technique whereby macroscopic
crystals of the individual enantiomers are manually separated. This technique can be used if crystals of the separate enantiomers exist, i.e., the material is a conglomerate, and the crystals are visually distinct; ii) simultaneous crystallization - a technique whereby the individual
enantiomers are separately crystallized from a solution of the racemate, possible only if the latter is a conglomerate in the solid state; iii) enzymatic resolutions - a technique whereby partial or complete
separation of a racemate by virtue of differing rates of reaction for the enantiomers with an enzyme; iv) enzymatic asymmetric synthesis - a synthetic technique whereby at least one step of the synthesis uses an enzymatic reaction to obtain an enantiomerically pure or enriched synthetic precursor of the desired enantiomer; v) chemical asymmetric synthesis - a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is synthesized from an achiral precursor under conditions that produce asymmetry (i.e., chirality) in the product, which may be achieved using chiral catalysts or chiral auxiliaries; vi) diastereomer separations - a technique whereby a racemic compound is reacted with an enantiomerically pure reagent (the chiral auxiliary) that converts the individual enantiomers to diastereomers. The resulting diastereomers are then separated by chromatography or crystallization by virtue of their now more distinct structural differences and the chiral auxiliary later removed to obtain the desired enantiomer; vii) first- and second-order asymmetric transformations - a technique
whereby diastereomers from the racemate equilibrate to yield a preponderance in solution of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer or where preferential crystallization of the diastereomer from the desired enantiomer perturbs the equilibrium such that eventually in principle all the material is converted to the crystalline diastereomer from the desired enantiomer. The desired enantiomer is then released from the diastereomer; viii) kinetic resolutions - this technique refers to the achievement of partial or complete resolution of a racemate (or of a further resolution of a partially resolved compound) by virtue of unequal reaction rates of the enantiomers with a chiral, non-racemic reagent or catalyst under kinetic conditions; ix) enantiospecific synthesis from non-racemic precursors - a synthetic technique whereby the desired enantiomer is obtained from non-chiral starting materials and where the stereochemical integrity is not or is only minimally compromised over the course of the synthesis; x) chiral liquid chromatography - a technique whereby the enantiomers of a racemate are separated in a liquid mobile phase by virtue of their differing interactions with a stationary phase. The stationary phase can be made of chiral material or the mobile phase can contain an additional chiral material to provoke the differing interactions; xi) chiral gas chromatography - a technique whereby the racemate is
volatilized and enantiomers are separated by virtue of their differing interactions in the gaseous mobile phase with a column containing a fixed non-racemic chiral adsorbent phase; xii) extraction with chiral solvents - a technique whereby the enantiomers are separated by virtue of preferential dissolution of one enantiomer into a particular chiral solvent; a) transport across chiral membranes - a technique whereby a racemate is placed in contact with a thin membrane barrier. The barrier typically separates two miscible fluids, one containing the racemate, and a driving force such as concentration or pressure differential causes preferential transport across the membrane barrier. Separation occurs as a result of the non-racemic chiral nature of the membrane which allows only one enantiomer of the racemate to pass through.
[00149] In some embodiments, provided is a composition of a 5'-D-amino acid
phosphoramidate compound that comprises a substantially pure designated enantiomer of the 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound. In certain embodiments, in the methods and compounds of this invention, the compounds are substantially free of other enantiomers. In some embodiments, a composition includes a compound that is at least 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%>, 99%) or 100%) by weight, of the compound, the remainder comprising other chemical species or enantiomers.
[00150] In an embodiment, enantiomers are a subject of the invention in enantiomerically pure form, both as levorotatory and as dextrorotatory antipodes, in the form of racemates and in the form of mixtures of the two enantiomers in all ratios. In the case of a cisltrans isomerism the invention includes both the cis form and the trans form as well as mixtures of these forms in all ratios. The preparation of individual stereoisomers can be carried out, if desired, by separation of a mixture by customary methods, for example by chromatography or crystallization, by the use of stereo chemically uniform starting materials for the synthesis or by stereoselective synthesis. Optionally a derivatization can be carried out before a separation of stereoisomers. The separation of a mixture of stereoisomers can be carried out at an intermediate step during the synthesis of a compound described herein, e.g. , a
compound of any of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, or it can be done on a final racemic product. Absolute stereochemistry may be determined by X-ray crystallography of
crystalline products or crystalline intermediates which are derivatized, if necessary, with a reagent containing a stereogenic center of known configuration. Alternatively, absolute stereochemistry may be determined by Vibrational Circular Dichroism (VCD) spectroscopic analysis. The present invention includes all such isomers, as well as salts, solvates (which includes hydrates) and solvated salts of such racemates, enantiomers, diastereomers and tautomers and mixtures thereof.
Isotopically Enriched Compounds
[00151] Also provided herein are isotopically enriched compounds, including but not limited to isotopically enriched 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compounds.
[00152] Isotopic enrichment (for example, deuteration) of pharmaceuticals to improve pharmacokinetics ("PK"), pharmacodynamics ("PD"), and toxicity profiles, has been demonstrated previously with some classes of drugs. See, for example, Lijinsky et. al., Food Cosmet. Toxicol, 20: 393 (1982); Lijinsky et. al, J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 69: 1127 (1982);
Mangold et. al, Mutation Res. 308: 33 (1994); Gordon et. al, Drug Metab. Dispos., 15: 589 (1987); Zello et. al, Metabolism, 43: 487 (1994); Gately et. al, J. Nucl. Med., 27: 388 (1986); Wade D, Chem. Biol. Interact. 117: 191 (1999).
[00153] Isotopic enrichment of a drug can be used, for example, to (1) reduce or eliminate unwanted metabolites, (2) increase the half-life of the parent drug, (3) decrease the number of doses needed to achieve a desired effect, (4) decrease the amount of a dose necessary to achieve a desired effect, (5) increase the formation of active metabolites, if any are formed, and/or (6) decrees the production of deleterious metabolites in specific tissues and/or create a more effective drug and/or a safer drug for combination therapy, whether the combination therapy is intentional or not.
[00154] Replacement of an atom for one of its isotopes often will result in a change in the reaction rate of a chemical reaction. This phenomenon is known as the Kinetic Isotope Effect ("KIE"). For example, if a C-H bond is broken during a rate-determining step in a chemical reaction (i.e. the step with the highest transition state energy), substitution of a deuterium for that hydrogen will cause a decrease in the reaction rate and the process will slow down. This phenomenon is known as the Deuterium Kinetic Isotope Effect ("DKIE"). (See, e.g., Foster et al, Adv. Drug Res., vol. 14, pp. 1-36 (1985); Kushner et al, Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol, vol. 77, pp. 79-88 (1999)).
[00155] The magnitude of the DKIE can be expressed as the ratio between the rates of a given reaction in which a C-H bond is broken, and the same reaction where deuterium is substituted for hydrogen. The DKIE can range from about 1 (no isotope effect) to very large numbers, such as 50 or more, meaning that the reaction can be fifty, or more, times slower when deuterium is substituted for hydrogen. High DKIE values may be due in part to a phenomenon known as tunneling, which is a consequence of the uncertainty principle.
Tunneling is ascribed to the small mass of a hydrogen atom, and occurs because transition states involving a proton can sometimes form in the absence of the required activation energy. Because deuterium has more mass than hydrogen, it statistically has a much lower probability of undergoing this phenomenon.
[00156] Tritium ("T") is a radioactive isotope of hydrogen, used in research, fusion reactors, neutron generators and radiopharmaceuticals. Tritium is a hydrogen atom that has 2 neutrons in the nucleus and has an atomic weight close to 3. It occurs naturally in the environment in very low concentrations, most commonly found as T20. Tritium decays slowly (half-life = 12.3 years) and emits a low energy beta particle that cannot penetrate the outer layer of human skin. Internal exposure is the main hazard associated with this isotope, yet it must be ingested in large amounts to pose a significant health risk. As compared with deuterium, a lesser amount of tritium must be consumed before it reaches a hazardous level. Substitution of tritium ("T") for hydrogen results in yet a stronger bond than deuterium and gives numerically larger isotope effects. Similarly, substitution of isotopes for other elements, including, but not limited to, 13C or 14C for carbon, 33S, 34S, or 36S for sulfur, 15N for nitrogen, and 170 or 180 for oxygen, may lead to a similar kinetic isotope effect.
[00157] For example, the DKIE was used to decrease the hepatotoxicity of halothane by presumably limiting the production of reactive species such as trifluoroacetyl chloride.
However, this method may not be applicable to all drug classes. For example, deuterium incorporation can lead to metabolic switching. The concept of metabolic switching asserts that xenogens, when sequestered by Phase I enzymes, may bind transiently and re-bind in a variety of conformations prior to the chemical reaction (e.g., oxidation). This hypothesis is supported by the relatively vast size of binding pockets in many Phase I enzymes and the promiscuous nature of many metabolic reactions. Metabolic switching can potentially lead to different proportions of known metabolites as well as altogether new metabolites. This new metabolic profile may impart more or less toxicity.
[00158] The animal body expresses a variety of enzymes for the purpose of eliminating foreign substances, such as therapeutic agents, from its circulation system. Examples of such enzymes include the cytochrome P450 enzymes ("CYPs"), esterases, proteases, reductases, dehydrogenases, and monoamine oxidases, to react with and convert these foreign substances to more polar intermediates or metabolites for renal excretion. Some of the most common metabolic reactions of pharmaceutical compounds involve the oxidation of a carbon-hydrogen (C-H) bond to either a carbon-oxygen (C-O) or carbon-carbon (C-C) pi-bond. The resultant metabolites may be stable or unstable under physiological conditions, and can have
substantially different pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic, and acute and long-term toxicity profiles relative to the parent compounds. For many drugs, such oxidations are rapid. These drugs therefore often require the administration of multiple or high daily doses.
[00159] Therefore, isotopic enrichment at certain positions of a compound provided herein will produce a detectable KIE that will affect the pharmacokinetic, pharmacologic, and/or toxicological profiles of a compound provided herein in comparison with a similar compound having a natural isotopic composition. Preparation of Compounds
[00160] The compounds provided herein can be prepared, isolated or obtained by any method apparent to those of skill in the art. Compounds provided herein can be prepared according to the Exemplary Preparation Schemes provided below. Reaction conditions, steps and reactants not provided in the Exemplary Preparation Schemes would be apparent to, and known by, those skilled in the art.
Exemplary Preparation Schemes
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000093_0001
Scheme 4
NH2
OH
R1-OH
Figure imgf000094_0001
NMI DCM
Scheme 5
Figure imgf000094_0002
Scheme 6
Figure imgf000094_0003
[00161] In the Exemplary Preparation Schemes, the variables are as described in the context of Formula I or VI. Nucleosides can be prepared or obtained according to the knowledge in the art. Additional steps and reagents not provided in the Exemplary Preparation Schemes would be known to those of skill in the art. Exemplary methods of preparation are described in detail in the Examples herein.
Pharmaceutical Compositions and Methods of Administration
[00162] 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compounds can be formulated into
pharmaceutical compositions using methods available in the art and those disclosed herein. Any of the compounds disclosed herein can be provided in the appropriate pharmaceutical composition and be administered by a suitable route of administration.
[00163] The methods provided herein encompass administering pharmaceutical
compositions containing at least one compound as described herein, including a compound of general Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, if appropriate in the salt form, either used alone or in the form of a combination with one or more compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as diluents or adjuvants, or with another anti-cancer agent.
[00164] In certain embodiments, the second agent can be formulated or packaged with the compound provided herein. Of course, the second agent will only be formulated with the compound provided herein when, according to the judgment of those of skill in the art, such co-formulation should not interfere with the activity of either agent or the method of administration. In certain embodiments, the compound provided herein and the second agent are formulated separately. They can be packaged together, or packaged separately, for the convenience of the practitioner of skill in the art.
[00165] In clinical practice the active agents provided herein may be administered by any conventional route, in particular orally, parenterally, rectally or by inhalation (e.g. in the form of aerosols). In certain embodiments, the compound provided herein is administered orally.
[00166] Use may be made, as solid compositions for oral administration, of tablets, pills, hard gelatin capsules, powders or granules. In these compositions, the active product is mixed with one or more inert diluents or adjuvants, such as sucrose, lactose or starch.
[00167] These compositions can comprise substances other than diluents, for example a lubricant, such as magnesium stearate, or a coating intended for controlled release.
[00168] Use may be made, as liquid compositions for oral administration, of solutions which are pharmaceutically acceptable, suspensions, emulsions, syrups and elixirs containing inert diluents, such as water or liquid paraffin. These compositions can also comprise substances other than diluents, for example wetting, sweetening or flavoring products.
[00169] The compositions for parenteral administration can be emulsions or sterile solutions. Use may be made, as solvent or vehicle, of propylene glycol, a polyethylene glycol, vegetable oils, in particular olive oil, or injectable organic esters, for example ethyl oleate. These compositions can also contain adjuvants, in particular wetting, isotonizing, emulsifying, dispersing and stabilizing agents. Sterilization can be carried out in several ways, for example using a bacteriological filter, by radiation or by heating. They can also be prepared in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved at the time of use in sterile water or any other injectable sterile medium.
[00170] The compositions for rectal administration are suppositories or rectal capsules which contain, in addition to the active principle, excipients such as cocoa butter, semisynthetic glycerides or polyethylene glycols. [00171] The compositions can also be aerosols. For use in the form of liquid aerosols, the compositions can be stable sterile solutions or solid compositions dissolved at the time of use in apyrogenic sterile water, in saline or any other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle. For use in the form of dry aerosols intended to be directly inhaled, the active principle is finely divided and combined with a water-soluble solid diluent or vehicle, for example dextran, mannitol or lactose.
[00172] In certain embodiments, a composition provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition or a single unit dosage form. Pharmaceutical compositions and single unit dosage forms provided herein comprise a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more prophylactic or therapeutic agents (e.g. , a compound provided herein, or other prophylactic or therapeutic agent), and a typically one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients. In a specific embodiment and in this context, the term
"pharmaceutically acceptable" means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. The term "carrier" includes a diluent, adjuvant (e.g., Freund's adjuvant (complete and incomplete)), excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water can be used as a carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences" by E.W. Martin.
[00173] Typical pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprise one or more excipients. Suitable excipients are well-known to those skilled in the art of pharmacy, and non-limiting examples of suitable excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. Whether a particular excipient is suitable for incorporation into a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form depends on a variety of factors well known in the art including, but not limited to, the way in which the dosage form will be administered to a subject and the specific active ingredients in the dosage form. The composition or single unit dosage form, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. [00174] Lactose free compositions provided herein can comprise excipients that are well known in the art and are listed, for example, in the U.S. Pharmocopia (USP) SP (XXI)/NF (XVI). In general, lactose free compositions comprise an active ingredient, a binder/filler, and a lubricant in pharmaceutically compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable amounts.
Exemplary lactose free dosage forms comprise an active ingredient, microcrystalline cellulose, pre gelatinized starch, and magnesium stearate.
[00175] Further encompassed herein are anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms comprising active ingredients, since water can facilitate the degradation of some compounds. For example, the addition of water (e.g., 5%) is widely accepted in the pharmaceutical arts as a means of simulating long term storage in order to determine characteristics such as shelf life or the stability of formulations over time. See, e.g., Jens T. Carstensen, Drug Stability: Principles & Practice, 2d. Ed., Marcel Dekker, New York, 1995, pp. 379 80. In effect, water and heat accelerate the decomposition of some compounds. Thus, the effect of water on a formulation can be of great significance since moisture and/or humidity are commonly encountered during manufacture, handling, packaging, storage, shipment, and use of formulations.
[00176] Anhydrous pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms provided herein can be prepared using anhydrous or low moisture containing ingredients and low moisture or low humidity conditions. Pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise lactose and at least one active ingredient that comprises a primary or secondary amine can be anhydrous if substantial contact with moisture and/or humidity during manufacturing, packaging, and/or storage is expected.
[00177] An anhydrous pharmaceutical composition should be prepared and stored such that its anhydrous nature is maintained. Accordingly, anhydrous compositions can be packaged using materials known to prevent exposure to water such that they can be included in suitable formulary kits. Examples of suitable packaging include, but are not limited to, hermetically sealed foils, plastics, unit dose containers (e.g., vials), blister packs, and strip packs.
[00178] Further provided are pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms that comprise one or more compounds that reduce the rate by which an active ingredient will decompose. Such compounds, which are referred to herein as "stabilizers," include, but are not limited to, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, pH buffers, or salt buffers. [00179] The pharmaceutical compositions and single unit dosage forms can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release
formulations and the like. Oral formulation can include standard carriers such as
pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Such compositions and dosage forms will contain a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of a prophylactic or therapeutic agent, in certain embodiments, in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the subject. The formulation should suit the mode of administration. In a certain embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions or single unit dosage forms are sterile and in suitable form for administration to a subject, for example, an animal subject, such as a mammalian subject, for example, a human subject.
[00180] A pharmaceutical composition is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include, but are not limited to, parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, oral, buccal, sublingual, inhalation, intranasal, transdermal, topical, transmucosal, intra-tumoral, intra-synovial and rectal administration. In a specific embodiment, the composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, oral, intranasal or topical administration to human beings. In an embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition is formulated in accordance with routine procedures for subcutaneous administration to human beings. Typically, compositions for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the composition may also include a solubilizing agent and a local anesthetic such as lignocamne to ease pain at the site of the injection.
[00181] Examples of dosage forms include, but are not limited to: tablets; caplets; capsules, such as soft elastic gelatin capsules; cachets; troches; lozenges; dispersions; suppositories; ointments; cataplasms (poultices); pastes; powders; dressings; creams; plasters; solutions; patches; aerosols {e.g., nasal sprays or inhalers); gels; liquid dosage forms suitable for oral or mucosal administration to a subject, including suspensions {e.g., aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspensions, oil in water emulsions, or a water in oil liquid emulsions), solutions, and elixirs; liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration to a subject; and sterile solids {e.g. , crystalline or amorphous solids) that can be reconstituted to provide liquid dosage forms suitable for parenteral administration to a subject. [00182] The composition, shape, and type of dosage forms provided herein will typically vary depending on their use. For example, a dosage form used in the initial treatment of liver cancer may contain larger amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than a dosage form used in the maintenance treatment of the same cancer. Similarly, a parenteral dosage form may contain smaller amounts of one or more of the active ingredients it comprises than an oral dosage form used to treat the same disease or disorder. These and other ways in which specific dosage forms encompassed herein will vary from one another will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th ed., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (2000).
[00183] Generally, the ingredients of compositions are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
[00184] Typical dosage forms comprise a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof lie within the range of from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg per day, given as a single once-a-day dose in the morning or as divided doses throughout the day taken with food. Particular dosage forms can have about 0.1 , 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10.0, 15.0, 20.0, 25.0, 50.0, 100, 200, 250, 500 or 1000 mg of the active compound.
Oral Dosage Forms
[00185] Pharmaceutical compositions that are suitable for oral administration can be presented as discrete dosage forms, such as, but are not limited to, tablets {e.g., chewable tablets), caplets, capsules, and liquids {e.g., flavored syrups). Such dosage forms contain predetermined amounts of active ingredients, and may be prepared by methods of pharmacy well known to those skilled in the art. See generally, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 20th ed., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (2000).
[00186] In certain embodiments, the oral dosage forms are solid and prepared under anhydrous conditions with anhydrous ingredients, as described in detail herein. However, the scope of the compositions provided herein extends beyond anhydrous, solid oral dosage forms. As such, further forms are described herein.
[00187] Typical oral dosage forms are prepared by combining the active ingredient(s) in an intimate admixture with at least one excipient according to conventional pharmaceutical compounding techniques. Excipients can take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation desired for administration. For example, excipients suitable for use in oral liquid or aerosol dosage forms include, but are not limited to, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, flavoring agents, preservatives, and coloring agents. Examples of excipients suitable for use in solid oral dosage forms (e.g., powders, tablets, capsules, and caplets) include, but are not limited to, starches, sugars, micro crystalline cellulose, diluents, granulating agents, lubricants, binders, and disintegrating agents.
[00188] Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules represent the most advantageous oral dosage unit forms, in which case solid excipients are employed. If desired, tablets can be coated by standard aqueous or non-aqueous techniques. Such dosage forms can be prepared by any of the methods of pharmacy. In general, pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms are prepared by uniformly and intimately admixing the active ingredients with liquid carriers, finely divided solid carriers, or both, and then shaping the product into the desired presentation if necessary.
[00189] For example, a tablet can be prepared by compression or molding. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredients in a free flowing form such as powder or granules, optionally mixed with an excipient. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
[00190] Examples of excipients that can be used in oral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, binders, fillers, disintegrants, and lubricants. Binders suitable for use in
pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, corn starch, potato starch, or other starches, gelatin, natural and synthetic gums such as acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, other alginates, powdered tragacanth, guar gum, cellulose and its derivatives (e.g., ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, methyl cellulose, pre gelatinized starch, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, (e.g., Nos. 2208, 2906, 2910), microcrystalline cellulose, and mixtures thereof. [00191] Examples of fillers suitable for use in the pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, talc, calcium carbonate (e.g., granules or powder), microcrystalline cellulose, powdered cellulose, dextrates, kaolin, mannitol, silicic acid, sorbitol, starch, pre gelatinized starch, and mixtures thereof. The binder or filler in pharmaceutical compositions is typically present in from about 50 to about 99 weight percent of the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form.
[00192] Suitable forms of microcrystalline cellulose include, but are not limited to, the materials sold as AVICEL PH 101 , AVICEL PH 103 AVICEL RC 581 , AVICEL PH 105 (available from FMC Corporation, American Viscose Division, Avicel Sales, Marcus Hook, PA), and mixtures thereof. A specific binder is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose sold as AVICEL RC 581. Suitable anhydrous or low moisture excipients or additives include AVICEL PH 103™ and Starch 1500 LM.
[00193] Disintegrants are used in the compositions to provide tablets that disintegrate when exposed to an aqueous environment. Tablets that contain too much disintegrant may disintegrate in storage, while those that contain too little may not disintegrate at a desired rate or under the desired conditions. Thus, a sufficient amount of disintegrant that is neither too much nor too little to detrimentally alter the release of the active ingredients should be used to form solid oral dosage forms. The amount of disintegrant used varies based upon the type of formulation, and is readily discernible to those of ordinary skill in the art. Typical
pharmaceutical compositions comprise from about 0.5 to about 15 weight percent of disintegrant, specifically from about 1 to about 5 weight percent of disintegrant.
[00194] Disintegrants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, agar, alginic acid, calcium carbonate, microcrystalline cellulose, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, polacrilin potassium, sodium starch glycolate, potato or tapioca starch, pre gelatinized starch, other starches, clays, other algins, other celluloses, gums, and mixtures thereof.
[00195] Lubricants that can be used in pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms include, but are not limited to, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, mineral oil, light mineral oil, glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol, polyethylene glycol, other glycols, stearic acid, sodium lauryl sulfate, talc, hydrogenated vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil, and soybean oil), zinc stearate, ethyl oleate, ethyl laureate, agar, and mixtures thereof. Additional lubricants include, for example, a syloid silica gel (AEROSIL 200, manufactured by W.R. Grace Co. of Baltimore, MD), a coagulated aerosol of synthetic silica (marketed by Degussa Co. of Piano, TX), CAB O SIL (a pyrogenic silicon dioxide product sold by Cabot Co. of Boston, MA), and mixtures thereof. If used at all, lubricants are typically used in an amount of less than about 1 weight percent of the pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms into which they are incorporated.
Delayed Release Dosage Forms
[00196] Active ingredients such as the compounds provided herein can be administered by controlled release means or by delivery devices that are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to, those described in U.S. Patent Nos.:
3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,536,809; 3,598,123; and 4,008,719; 5,674,533; 5,059,595; 5,591,767; 5,120,548; 5,073,543; 5,639,476; 5,354,556; 5,639,480; 5,733,566; 5,739,108; 5,891,474; 5,922,356; 5,972,891; 5,980,945; 5,993,855; 6,045,830; 6,087,324; 6,113,943; 6,197,350; 6,248,363; 6,264,970; 6,267,981; 6,376,461; 6,419,961; 6,589,548; 6,613,358; and 6,699,500; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Such dosage forms can be used to provide slow or controlled release of one or more active ingredients using, for example, hydropropylmethyl cellulose, other polymer matrices, gels, permeable membranes, osmotic systems, multilayer coatings, microparticles, liposomes, microspheres, or a combination thereof to provide the desired release profile in varying proportions. Suitable controlled release formulations known to those of ordinary skill in the art, including those described herein, can be readily selected for use with the active ingredients provided herein. Thus encompassed herein are single unit dosage forms suitable for oral administration such as, but not limited to, tablets, capsules, gelcaps, and caplets that are adapted for controlled release.
[00197] All controlled release pharmaceutical products have a common goal of improving drug therapy over that achieved by their non-controlled counterparts. Ideally, the use of an optimally designed controlled release preparation in medical treatment is characterized by a minimum of drug substance being employed to cure or control the condition in a minimum amount of time. Advantages of controlled release formulations include extended activity of the drug, reduced dosage frequency, and increased subject compliance. In addition, controlled release formulations can be used to affect the time of onset of action or other characteristics, such as blood levels of the drug, and can thus affect the occurrence of side {e.g., adverse) effects. [00198] Most controlled release formulations are designed to initially release an amount of drug (active ingredient) that promptly produces the desired therapeutic effect, and gradually and continually release of other amounts of drug to maintain this level of therapeutic or prophylactic effect over an extended period of time. In order to maintain this constant level of drug in the body, the drug must be released from the dosage form at a rate that will replace the amount of drug being metabolized and excreted from the body. Controlled release of an active ingredient can be stimulated by various conditions including, but not limited to, pH, temperature, enzymes, water, or other physiological conditions or compounds.
[00199] In certain embodiments, the drug may be administered using intravenous infusion, an implantable osmotic pump, a transdermal patch, liposomes, or other modes of
administration. In certain embodiments, a pump may be used (see, Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al, Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al, N. Engl. J. Med. 321 :574 (1989)). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used. In yet another embodiment, a controlled release system can be placed in a subject at an appropriate site determined by a practitioner of skill, i.e., thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, Medical Applications of Controlled Release, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (Science 249: 1527-1533 (1990)). The active ingredient can be dispersed in a solid inner matrix, e.g., polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized polyethyleneterephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid, collagen, cross-linked polyvinylalcohol and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate, that is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane, e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethyl ene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethyl siloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, vinylchloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/ vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer, that is insoluble in body fluids. The active ingredient then diffuses through the outer polymeric membrane in a release rate controlling step. The percentage of active ingredient in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the needs of the subject.
Parenteral Dosage Forms
[00200] In certain embodiments, provided are parenteral dosage forms. Parenteral dosage forms can be administered to subjects by various routes including, but not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous (including bolus injection), intramuscular, and intraarterial.
Because their administration typically bypasses subjects' natural defenses against
contaminants, parenteral dosage forms are typically, sterile or capable of being sterilized prior to administration to a subject. Examples of parenteral dosage forms include, but are not limited to, solutions ready for injection, dry products ready to be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for injection, suspensions ready for injection, and emulsions.
[00201] Suitable vehicles that can be used to provide parenteral dosage forms are well known to those skilled in the art. Examples include, but are not limited to: Water for Injection USP; aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Dextrose Injection, Dextrose and Sodium Chloride Injection, and Lactated Ringer's Injection; water miscible vehicles such as, but not limited to, ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol; and non-aqueous vehicles such as, but not limited to, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and benzyl benzoate.
[00202] Compounds that increase the solubility of one or more of the active ingredients disclosed herein can also be incorporated into the parenteral dosage forms.
Transdermal, Topical & Mucosal Dosage Forms
[00203] Also provided are transdermal, topical, and mucosal dosage forms. Transdermal, topical, and mucosal dosage forms include, but are not limited to, ophthalmic solutions, sprays, aerosols, creams, lotions, ointments, gels, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, or other forms known to one of skill in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th, 18th and 20th eds., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1980, 1990 & 2000); and Introduction to
Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 4th ed., Lea & Febiger, Philadelphia (1985). Dosage forms suitable for treating mucosal tissues within the oral cavity can be formulated as mouthwashes or as oral gels. Further, transdermal dosage forms include "reservoir type" or "matrix type" patches, which can be applied to the skin and worn for a specific period of time to permit the penetration of a desired amount of active ingredients.
[00204] Suitable excipients (e.g. , carriers and diluents) and other materials that can be used to provide transdermal, topical, and mucosal dosage forms encompassed herein are well known to those skilled in the pharmaceutical arts, and depend on the particular tissue to which a given pharmaceutical composition or dosage form will be applied. With that fact in mind, typical excipients include, but are not limited to, water, acetone, ethanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butane 1,3 diol, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, mineral oil, and mixtures thereof to form lotions, tinctures, creams, emulsions, gels or ointments, which are nontoxic and pharmaceutically acceptable. Moisturizers or humectants can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions and dosage forms if desired. Examples of such additional ingredients are well known in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th, 18th and 20th eds., Mack Publishing, Easton PA (1980, 1990 & 2000).
[00205] Depending on the specific tissue to be treated, additional components may be used prior to, in conjunction with, or subsequent to treatment with active ingredients provided. For example, penetration enhancers can be used to assist in delivering the active ingredients to the tissue. Suitable penetration enhancers include, but are not limited to: acetone; various alcohols such as ethanol, oleyl, and tetrahydrofuryl; alkyl sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide; dimethyl acetamide; dimethyl formamide; polyethylene glycol; pyrrolidones such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; Kollidon grades (Povidone, Polyvidone); urea; and various water soluble or insoluble sugar esters such as Tween 80 (polysorbate 80) and Span 60 (sorbitan
monostearate).
[00206] The pH of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, or of the tissue to which the pharmaceutical composition or dosage form is applied, may also be adjusted to improve delivery of one or more active ingredients. Similarly, the polarity of a solvent carrier, its ionic strength, or tonicity can be adjusted to improve delivery. Compounds such as stearates can also be added to pharmaceutical compositions or dosage forms to advantageously alter the hydrophilicity or lipophilicity of one or more active ingredients so as to improve delivery. In this regard, stearates can serve as a lipid vehicle for the formulation, as an emulsifying agent or surfactant, and as a delivery enhancing or penetration enhancing agent. Different salts, hydrates or solvates of the active ingredients can be used to further adjust the properties of the resulting composition. Dosage and Unit Dosage Forms
[00207] In human therapeutics, the doctor will determine the posology which he considers most appropriate according to a preventive or curative treatment and according to the age, weight, stage of the cancer and other factors specific to the subject to be treated. In certain embodiments, doses are from about 1 to about 1000 mg per day for an adult, or from about 5 to about 250 mg per day or from about 10 to 50 mg per day for an adult. In certain embodiments, doses are from about 5 to about 400 mg per day or 25 to 200 mg per day per adult. In certain embodiments, dose rates of from about 50 to about 500 mg per day are also contemplated.
[00208] In further aspects, provided are methods of treating or preventing a liver cancer in a subject by administering, to a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The amount of the compound or composition which will be effective in the prevention or treatment of a disorder or one or more symptoms thereof will vary with the nature and severity of the disease or condition, and the route by which the active ingredient is administered. The frequency and dosage will also vary according to factors specific for each subject depending on the specific therapy {e.g., therapeutic or prophylactic agents) administered, the severity of the disorder, disease, or condition, the route of administration, as well as age, body, weight, response, and the past medical history of the subject. Effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems.
[00209] In certain embodiments, exemplary doses of a composition include milligram or microgram amounts of the active compound per kilogram of subject or sample weight {e.g., about 10 micrograms per kilogram to about 50 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 25 milligrams per kilogram, or about 100 microgram per kilogram to about 10 milligrams per kilogram). For compositions provided herein, in certain embodiments, the dosage administered to a subject is 0.140 mg/kg to 3 mg/kg of the subject's body weight, based on weight of the active compound. In certain embodiments, the dosage administered to a subject is between 0.20 mg/kg and 2.00 mg/kg, or between 0.30 mg/kg and 1.50 mg/kg of the subject's body weight.
[00210] In certain embodiments, the recommended daily dose range of a composition provided herein for the conditions described herein lie within the range of from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg per day, given as a single once-a-day dose or as divided doses throughout a day. In certain embodiments, the daily dose is administered twice daily in equally divided doses. In certain embodiments, a daily dose range should be from about 10 mg to about 200 mg per day, in other embodiments, between about 10 mg and about 150 mg per day, in further embodiments, between about 25 and about 100 mg per day. It may be necessary to use dosages of the active ingredient outside the ranges disclosed herein in some cases, as will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Furthermore, it is noted that the clinician or treating physician will know how and when to interrupt, adjust, or terminate therapy in conjunction with subject response.
[00211] Different therapeutically effective amounts may be applicable for different diseases and conditions, as will be readily known by those of ordinary skill in the art. Similarly, amounts sufficient to prevent, manage, treat or ameliorate such disorders, but insufficient to cause, or sufficient to reduce, adverse effects associated with the composition provided herein are also encompassed by the herein described dosage amounts and dose frequency schedules. Further, when a subject is administered multiple dosages of a composition provided herein, not all of the dosages need be the same. For example, the dosage administered to the subject may be increased to improve the prophylactic or therapeutic effect of the composition or it may be decreased to reduce one or more side effects that a particular subject is experiencing.
[00212] In certain embodiment, the dosage of the composition provided herein, based on weight of the active compound, administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate a disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof in a subject is 0.1 mg/kg, 1 mg/kg, 2 mg/kg, 3 mg/kg, 4 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, 6 mg/kg, 10 mg/kg, or 15 mg/kg or more of a subject's body weight. In another embodiment, the dosage of the composition or a composition provided herein administered to prevent, treat, manage, or ameliorate a disorder, or one or more symptoms thereof in a subject is a unit dose of 0.1 mg to 200 mg, 0.1 mg to 100 mg, 0.1 mg to 50 mg, 0.1 mg to 25 mg, 0.1 mg to 20 mg, 0.1 mg to 15 mg, 0.1 mg to 10 mg, 0.1 mg to 7.5 mg, 0.1 mg to 5 mg, 0.1 to 2.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 20 mg, 0.25 to 15 mg, 0.25 to 12 mg, 0.25 to 10 mg, 0.25 mg to 7.5 mg, 0.25 mg to 5 mg, 0.5 mg to 2.5 mg, 1 mg to 20 mg, 1 mg to 15 mg, 1 mg to 12 mg, 1 mg to 10 mg, 1 mg to 7.5 mg, 1 mg to 5 mg, or 1 mg to 2.5 mg.
[00213] In certain embodiments, treatment or prevention can be initiated with one or more loading doses of a compound or composition provided herein followed by one or more maintenance doses. In such embodiments, the loading dose can be, for instance, about 60 to about 400 mg per day, or about 100 to about 200 mg per day for one day to five weeks. The loading dose can be followed by one or more maintenance doses. In certain embodiments, each maintenance does is, independently, about from about 10 mg to about 200 mg per day, between about 25 mg and about 150 mg per day, or between about 25 and about 80 mg per day. Maintenance doses can be administered daily and can be administered as single doses, or as divided doses.
[00214] In certain embodiments, a dose of a compound or composition provided herein can be administered to achieve a steady-state concentration of the active ingredient in blood or serum of the subject. The steady-state concentration can be determined by measurement according to techniques available to those of skill or can be based on the physical
characteristics of the subject such as height, weight and age. In certain embodiments, a sufficient amount of a compound or composition provided herein is administered to achieve a steady- state concentration in blood or serum of the subject of from about 300 to about 4000 ng/mL, from about 400 to about 1600 ng/mL, or from about 600 to about 1200 ng/mL. In some embodiments, loading doses can be administered to achieve steady-state blood or serum concentrations of about 1200 to about 8000 ng/mL, or about 2000 to about 4000 ng/mL for one to five days. In certain embodiments, maintenance doses can be administered to achieve a steady- state concentration in blood or serum of the subject of from about 300 to about 4000 ng/mL, from about 400 to about 1600 ng/mL, or from about 600 to about 1200 ng/mL.
[00215] In certain embodiments, administration of the same composition may be repeated and the administrations may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months. In other embodiments, administration of the same prophylactic or therapeutic agent may be repeated and the administration may be separated by at least at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
[00216] In certain aspects, provided herein are unit dosages comprising a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in a form suitable for administration. Such forms are described in detail herein. In certain embodiments, the unit dosage comprises 1 to 1000 mg, 5 to 250 mg or 10 to 50 mg active ingredient. In particular embodiments, the unit dosages comprise about 1, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 125, 250, 500 or 1000 mg active ingredient. Such unit dosages can be prepared according to techniques familiar to those of skill in the art.
[00217] The dosages of the second agents are to be used in the combination therapies provided herein. In certain embodiments, dosages lower than those which have been or are currently being used to prevent or treat liver cancer are used in the combination therapies provided herein. The recommended dosages of second agents can be obtained from the knowledge of those of skill. For those second agents that are approved for clinical use, recommended dosages are described in, for example, Hardman et ah, eds., 1996, Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis Of Basis Of Therapeutics 9th Ed, Mc-Graw-Hill, New York; Physician's Desk Reference (PDR) 57th Ed., 2003, Medical Economics Co., Inc., Montvale, NJ, which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[00218] In various embodiments, the therapies {e.g. , a compound provided herein and the second agent) are administered less than 5 minutes apart, less than 30 minutes apart, 1 hour apart, at about 1 hour apart, at about 1 to about 2 hours apart, at about 2 hours to about 3 hours apart, at about 3 hours to about 4 hours apart, at about 4 hours to about 5 hours apart, at about 5 hours to about 6 hours apart, at about 6 hours to about 7 hours apart, at about 7 hours to about 8 hours apart, at about 8 hours to about 9 hours apart, at about 9 hours to about 10 hours apart, at about 10 hours to about 11 hours apart, at about 11 hours to about 12 hours apart, at about 12 hours to 18 hours apart, 18 hours to 24 hours apart, 24 hours to 36 hours apart, 36 hours to 48 hours apart, 48 hours to 52 hours apart, 52 hours to 60 hours apart, 60 hours to 72 hours apart, 72 hours to 84 hours apart, 84 hours to 96 hours apart, or 96 hours to 120 hours apart. In various embodiments, the therapies are administered no more than 24 hours apart or no more than 48 hours apart. In certain embodiments, two or more therapies are administered within the same patient visit. In other embodiments, the compound provided herein and the second agent are administered concurrently.
[00219] In other embodiments, the compound provided herein and the second agent are administered at about 2 to 4 days apart, at about 4 to 6 days apart, at about 1 week part, at about 1 to 2 weeks apart, or more than 2 weeks apart.
[00220] In certain embodiments, administration of the same agent may be repeated and the administrations may be separated by at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months. In other embodiments,
administration of the same agent may be repeated and the administration may be separated by at least at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 5 days, 10 days, 15 days, 30 days, 45 days, 2 months, 75 days, 3 months, or 6 months.
[00221] In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein and a second agent are administered to a patient, for example, a mammal, such as a human, in a sequence and within a time interval such that the compound provided herein can act together with the other agent to provide an increased benefit than if they were administered otherwise. For example, the second active agent can be administered at the same time or sequentially in any order at different points in time; however, if not administered at the same time, they should be administered sufficiently close in time so as to provide the desired therapeutic or prophylactic effect. In certain embodiments, the compound provided herein and the second active agent exert their effect at times which overlap. Each second active agent can be administered separately, in any appropriate form and by any suitable route. In other embodiments, the compound provided herein is administered before, concurrently or after administration of the second active agent.
[00222] In certain embodiments, the compound provided herein and the second agent are cyclically administered to a patient. Cycling therapy involves the administration of a first agent (e.g., a first prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time, followed by the administration of a second agent and/or third agent (e.g., a second and/or third prophylactic or therapeutic agents) for a period of time and repeating this sequential administration. Cycling therapy can reduce the development of resistance to one or more of the therapies, avoid or reduce the side effects of one of the therapies, and/or improve the efficacy of the treatment.
[00223] In certain embodiments, the compound provided herein and the second active agent are administered in a cycle of less than about 3 weeks, about once every two weeks, about once every 10 days or about once every week. One cycle can comprise the administration of a compound provided herein and the second agent by infusion over about 90 minutes every cycle, about 1 hour every cycle, about 45 minutes every cycle. Each cycle can comprise at least 1 week of rest, at least 2 weeks of rest, at least 3 weeks of rest. The number of cycles administered is from about 1 to about 12 cycles, more typically from about 2 to about 10 cycles, and more typically from about 2 to about 8 cycles.
[00224] In other embodiments, courses of treatment are administered concurrently to a patient, i.e., individual doses of the second agent are administered separately yet within a time interval such that the compound provided herein can work together with the second active agent. For example, one component can be administered once per week in combination with the other components that can be administered once every two weeks or once every three weeks. In other words, the dosing regimens are carried out concurrently even if the
therapeutics are not administered simultaneously or during the same day.
[00225] The second agent can act additively or synergistically with the compound provided herein. In certain embodiments, the compound provided herein is administered concurrently with one or more second agents in the same pharmaceutical composition. In another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered concurrently with one or more second agents in separate pharmaceutical compositions. In still another embodiment, a compound provided herein is administered prior to or subsequent to administration of a second agent. Also contemplated are administration of a compound provided herein and a second agent by the same or different routes of administration, e.g., oral and parenteral. In certain embodiments, when the compound provided herein is administered concurrently with a second agent that potentially produces adverse side effects including, but not limited to, toxicity, the second active agent can advantageously be administered at a dose that falls below the threshold that the adverse side effect is elicited.
Kits
[00226] Also provided are kits for use in methods of treatment of a liver cancer such as hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. The kits can include a compound or composition provided herein, a second agent or composition, and instructions providing information to a health care provider regarding usage for treating the disorder.
Instructions may be provided in printed form or in the form of an electronic medium such as a floppy disc, CD, or DVD, or in the form of a website address where such instructions may be obtained. A unit dose of a compound or composition provided herein, or a second agent or composition, can include a dosage such that when administered to a subject, a therapeutically or prophylactically effective plasma level of the compound or composition can be maintained in the subject for at least 1 days. In some embodiments, a compound or composition can be included as a sterile aqueous pharmaceutical composition or dry powder (e.g., lyophilized) composition.
[00227] In some embodiments, suitable packaging is provided. As used herein, "packaging" includes a solid matrix or material customarily used in a system and capable of holding within fixed limits a compound provided herein and/or a second agent suitable for administration to a subject. Such materials include glass and plastic (e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, and polycarbonate) bottles, vials, paper, plastic, and plastic-foil laminated envelopes and the like. If e-beam sterilization techniques are employed, the packaging should have sufficiently low density to permit sterilization of the contents.
Methods of Use
[00228] Provided herein is a method for treating liver cancer in a subject, which comprises contacting the subject with a therapeutically effective amount of a nucleotide analog disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof. Liver cancers which can be treated include primary and secondary liver cancers. In particular embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular
embodiments, the liver cancer is a metastasis in the liver originated from other cancers (such as colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, etc.).
[00229] Provided herein is a method for inhibiting the growth of a liver cancer cell, which comprises contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof. In certain embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma,
cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
[00230] Provided herein is a method for inhibiting replication of a liver cancer cell, which comprises contacting the cell with a therapeutically effective amount of a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof. In certain embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma,
cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
[00231] Provided herein is a method for inhibiting the growth of a liver tumor, which comprises contacting the liver tumor with a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound disclosed herein, e.g., a 5'-D-amino acid phosphoramidate compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof. In certain embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
[00232] In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a subject with liver cancer that includes the administration of an effective amount of a nucleoside compound disclosed herein, e.g., a nucleoside compound of Formulas I-XVIII and l-477c, including a single enantiomer, a mixture of an enantiomeric pair, an individual diastereomer, a mixture of diastereomers, or a tautomeric form thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug, phosphate, or active metabolite thereof. In certain embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
[00233] In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating a liver cancer in a subject. In certain embodiments, the methods encompass the step of administering to the subject in need thereof an amount of a compound effective for the treatment or prevention of a liver cancer in combination with a second agent effective for the treatment or prevention of the cancer. The compound can be any compound as described herein, and the second agent can be any second agent described in the art or herein. In certain embodiments, the compound is in the form of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, as described elsewhere herein. In certain embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma.
[00234] In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of a subject with liver cancer that includes the administration of an effective amount of a compounds provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods for treating a liver cancer in a subject. In certain embodiments, the methods encompass the step of administering to the subject in need thereof an amount of a compound effective for the treatment or prevention of a liver cancer in combination with a second agent effective for the treatment or prevention of the liver cancer. The compound can be any compound as described herein, and the second agent can be any second agent described in the art or herein. In certain embodiments, the compound is in the form of a pharmaceutical composition or dosage form, as described elsewhere herein. In certain embodiments, the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer. In particular embodiments, the cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma. Assay Methods
[00235] Compounds can be assayed for liver cancer activity according to any assay known to those of skill in the art.
[00236] Further, compounds can be assayed for accumulation in liver cells of a subject according to any assay known to those of skill in the art. In certain embodiments, a compound can be administered to the subject, and a liver cell of the subject can be assayed for the compound or a derivative thereof, e.g. a nucleoside, nucleoside phosphate or nucleoside triphosphate derivative thereof.
[00237] In certain embodiments, a nucleoside compound is administered to cells, such as liver cells, in vivo or in vitro, and the nucleoside triphosphate levels delivered intracellularly are measured, to indicate delivery of the compound and triphosphorylation in the cell. The levels of intracellular nucleoside triphosphate can be measured using analytical techniques known in the art. Methods of detecting ddATP are described herein below by way of example, but other nucleoside triphosphates can be readily detected using the appropriate controls, calibration samples and assay techniques.
[00238] In certain embodiments, ddATP concentrations are measured in a sample by comparison to calibration standards made from control samples. The ddATP concentrations in a sample can be measured using an analytical method such as HPLC LC MS. In certain embodiments, a test sample is compared to a calibration curve created with known
concentrations of ddATP to thereby obtain the concentration of that sample.
[00239] In certain embodiments, the samples are manipulated to remove impurities such as salts (Na+, K+, etc.) before analysis. In certain embodiments, the lower limit of quantitation is about - 0.2 pmol / mL for hepatocyte cellular extracts particularly where reduced salt is present.
[00240] In certain embodiments, the method allows successfully measuring triphosphate nucleotides formed at levels of 1 - 10,000 pmol per million cells in e.g. cultured hepatocytes and HepG2 cells
Second Therapeutic Agents
[00241] In certain embodiments, the compounds and compositions provided herein are useful in methods of treatment of a liver cancer, that comprise further administration of a second agent effective for the treatment of the liver cancer in a subject in need thereof. The second agent can be any agent known to those of skill in the art to be effective for the treatment of the liver cancer, including those currently approved by the FDA.
[00242] In certain embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered in combination with one second agent. In further embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered in combination with two second agents. In still further embodiments, a compound provided herein is administered in combination with two or more second agents.
[00243] As used herein, the term "in combination" includes the use of more than one therapy (e.g., one or more prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents). The use of the term "in combination" does not restrict the order in which therapies (e.g. , prophylactic and/or therapeutic agents) are administered to a subject with a disorder. A first therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent such as a compound provided herein) can be administered prior to (e.g. , 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks before), concomitantly with, or subsequent to (e.g., 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, 6 hours, 12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 8 weeks, or 12 weeks after) the administration of a second therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) to a subject with a disorder.
[00244] As used herein, the term "synergistic" includes a combination of a compound provided herein and another therapy (e.g. , a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) which has been or is currently being used to prevent, manage or treat a disorder, which is more effective than the additive effects of the therapies. A synergistic effect of a combination of therapies (e.g. , a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) permits the use of lower dosages of one or more of the therapies and/or less frequent administration of said therapies to a subject with a disorder. The ability to utilize lower dosages of a therapy (e.g., a prophylactic or therapeutic agent) and/or to administer said therapy less frequently reduces the toxicity associated with the administration of said therapy to a subject without reducing the efficacy of said therapy in the prevention or treatment of a disorder). In addition, a synergistic effect can result in improved efficacy of agents in the prevention or treatment of a disorder. Finally, a synergistic effect of a combination of therapies (e.g., a combination of prophylactic or therapeutic agents) may avoid or reduce adverse or unwanted side effects associated with the use of either therapy alone. [00245] The active compounds provided herein can be administered in combination or alternation with another therapeutic agent, in particular an anti-cancer agent. In combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more agents are administered together, whereas in alternation or sequential-step therapy, an effective dosage of each agent is administered serially or sequentially. The dosages given will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the drug as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. It is to be noted that dosage values will also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens and schedules should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions.
[00246] In certain embodiments, the second agent is selected from the group consisting of sorafenib tosylate (Nexavar), radiation therapy, selective internal radiation therapy (e.g., SIR- Spheres and TheraSphere), ethiodized oil (Lipidol), pexastimogene devacirepvec (Pexa-Vec, JX-594, Jennarex), Quinacrine (Clevelane BioLabs), CC-223 (Celgene), CF102 (Can-Fite), SGI-110 (Astex), and G-202 (Genspera).
EXAMPLES
[00247] As used herein, the symbols and conventions used in these processes, schemes and examples, regardless of whether a particular abbreviation is specifically defined, are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society or the Journal of Biological Chemistry. Specifically, but without limitation, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification: g (grams); mg (milligrams); mL (milliliters); (microliters); mM (millimolar); μΜ (micromolar); Hz (Hertz); MHz (megahertz); mmol (millimoles); hr or hrs (hours); min (minutes); MS (mass spectrometry); ESI (electrospray ionization); TLC (thin layer
chromatography); HPLC (high pressure liquid chromatography); THF (tetrahydrofuran); CDC13 (deuterated chloroform); AcOH (acetic acid); DCM (dichloromethane); DMSO
(dimethylsulfoxide); DMSO- ^ (deuterated dimethylsulfoxide); EtOAc (ethyl acetate); MeOH (methanol); and BOC (t-butyloxycarbonyl).
[00248] For all of the following examples, standard work-up and purification methods known to those skilled in the art can be utilized. Unless otherwise indicated, all temperatures are expressed in °C (degrees Centigrade). All reactions are conducted at room temperature unless otherwise noted. Synthetic methodologies illustrated herein are intended to exemplify the applicable chemistry through the use of specific examples and are not indicative of the scope of the disclosure.
Example 1
Preparation of Nucleotides
Compound 4
Figure imgf000117_0001
Isopropanol
Figure imgf000117_0002
Compound A2
Figure imgf000117_0003
[00249] To a solution of D-Alanine (56.12 mmol) in isopropanol (2.3 mlV mmol) was added at room temperature, under nitrogen, thionyl chloride (280.61 mmol) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 4 hours. The reaction was monitored by TLC (eluent: DCM/MeOH: 10%, developing bath: ninhydrine). The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude compound was dried under vacuo overnight. The compound was triturated in diisopropylether, filtered, washed with pentane and
diisopropylether, filtered and dried under vacuo at 40°C for 4 hours to afford the pure compound as HC1 salt in 98% yield. 1H NMR (DMSO-^, 400MHz) δ (ppm) 1.22 (m, 6H), 1.40 (d, J= 7.19 Hz, 3H), 3.95-4.01 (m, 1H), 4.98 (heptuplet, J = 6.21 Hz, 1H), 8.53-8.58 (m, 3H).
Compound A3 dMTr
Figure imgf000118_0001
[00250] To a solution of A2 (5.20 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (8 mlV mmol) was added under nitrogen at -30°C phenyldichlorophosphate (5.20 mmol) followed by N- methylimidazole (20.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred from -30°C to room temperature for 1 hour. Compound Al (4.00 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture under nitrogen at -30°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 days. The reaction was monitored by LC/MS. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved with ethyl acetate then washed with a IN HCl solution, water and brine. The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: DCM/ ethanol: 0 to 10%) to afford the mixture of diastereoisomers as a colorless glue in 12% yield. MS (ESI) m/z = 835.1 (MH+).
Compound 4
Figure imgf000118_0002
[00251] To a solution of A3 (0.063 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL/mmol) was added under nitrogen trifluoroacetic acid (0.64 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and monitored by LC/MS. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: DCM/ methanol: 0 to 20%) followed by preparative MS/HPLC and by chiral HPLC (Chiralpak IA 4.6 x 250 mm; 5 um) to afford the two diastereoisomers of 4.
[00252] Compound 4 (diastereoisomer 1): White solid; MS (ESI) m/z = 533.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-< , 400MHz) δ (ppm) 7.52-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.46 (brs, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.43 (d, J=6.23Hz, 1H), 6.18 (t, J=8.31Hz, 1H), 6.09 (dd, J=12.80Hz, 9.92Hz, IH), 5.75 (d, J=7.52Hz, IH), 4.85 (heptuplet, J=6.24Hz, IH), 4.37-4.16 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.02 (m, IH), 3.83-3.73 (m, IH), 1.21 (d, J=7.06Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.29Hz, 3H), 1.145 (d, J=6.29Hz, 3H); 31P NMR (DMSO-^, 162MHz) δ (ppm) 3.93 (s, IP); 19F NMR (DMSO-^, 376MHz) δ (ppm) -115.32- (-116.51) (m, 2F).
[00253] Compound 4 (diastereoisomer 2): white solid; MS (ESI) m/z = 533.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (DMSO-< , 400MHz) δ (ppm) 7.46-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.23-7.17 (m, 3H), 6.45 (d,
J=6.35Hz, IH), 6.19-6.12 (m, 2H), 5.77 (d, J=7.57Hz, IH), 4.86 (heptuplet, J=6.26Hz, IH), 4.35-4.30 (m, IH), 4.26-4.20 (m, IH), 4.13 (brs, IH), 4.01-3.99 (m, IH), 3.84-3.74 (m, IH), 1.23 (d, J=7.01Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.29Hz, 3H), 1.145 (d, J=6.29Hz, 3H); 31P NMR
(DMSO-^, 162MHz) δ (ppm) 3.47 (s, IP); 19F NMR (DMSO-^, 376MHz) δ (ppm) -115.35- (-116.32) (m, 2F).
Compound 7
(Two Diastereomers)
Figure imgf000119_0001
NH2
Isopropanol
Figure imgf000119_0002
[00254] To a solution of A2 (2.14 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (8 mL/ mmol) was added under nitrogen at -41°C phenyldichlorophosphate (2.14 mmol) followed by N- methylimidazole (7.52 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred from -41°C to room temperature for 3 hours. Compound A4 (0.75 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was monitored by LC/MS. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved with ethyl acetate (250 mL) then washed with a IN HC1 solution (2 x 200 mL), water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: DCM/ ethanol: 0 to 3%) to afford the mixture of diastereoisomers A5 as a white solid in 26% yield. 31P NMR (DMSO-< , 162MHz) δ (ppm) 3.45 (s, 0.42P), 3.80 (s, 0.58P); MS (ESI) m/z = 837.2 (MH+).
[00255] To a solution of A5 (0.063 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL/mmol) was added under nitrogen trifluoroacetic acid (0.64 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3-4 hours and monitored by LC/MS. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: DCM/ ethanol: 0 to 20%) followed by RP-18 chromatography (eluent: H20/ CH3CN: 0 to 100%)), and by preparative MS/HPLC to afford the two diastereoisomers of 7.
Compound 7
Figure imgf000120_0001
[00256] Compound 7 (diastereoisomer 1): white freeze-dried compound; 12% yield; 1H NMR (DMSO-^, 400MHz) δ (ppm) 1.12 (t, J= 6.90 Hz, 6H), 1.21 (d, J= 7.12 Hz, 3H), 3.70-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.97-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.22-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.33-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.84 (heptuplet, J= 6.29 Hz, 1H), 5.74 (d, J= 7.26 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (dd, J= 13.07 Hz and 10.14 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, J= 5.03 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.22 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.51 (d, J= 7.55 Hz, 1H); 31P NMR (DMSO-^, 162MHz) δ (ppm) 3.41 (s, IP); MS (ESI) m/z = 564.9 (MH+). [00257] Compound 7 (diastereoisomer 2): crystallized in CH3CN: white solid; 93% purity (contaminated by 7% of dia 1); 13% yield; 1H NMR (DMSO-^, 400MHz) δ (ppm) 1.13 (d, J = 6.22 Hz, 6H), 1.19 (d, J= 7.04 Hz, 3H), 3.71-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.99-4.02 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.34-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.84 (heptuplet, J = 6.02 Hz, 1H), 5.71 (d, J= 7.53 Hz, 1H), 6.07 (dd, J= 12.29 Hz and 10.14 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (s, 1H), 6.86 (d, J= 4.14 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.56 (d, J= 7.53 Hz, 1H); 31P NMR (DMSO-^, 162MHz) δ (ppm) 3.86 (s, IP); MS (ESI) m/z = 565.0 (MH+).
Compound 36a
Figure imgf000121_0001
A9 36a
[00258] To a solution of compound A6 (0.74 mmol) in N,N-Dimethylformamide
(4mL/mmol) was added Ν,Ν-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (2.23 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature over a weekend and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH: 0 to 20%) to afford compound A7 in 71% yield. MS (ESI) m/z = 375.0 (MH+).
[00259] To a solution of compound A7 (0.53 mmol) in THF (20mL/mmol) were added at 0 °C, under nitrogen, tert-butylmagnesium chloride (1.0M in THF; 1.64 mmol) and DMSO (lmL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days and then compound A8 (0.64 mmol) in THF (2mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days at room temperature and then filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica (DCM/MeOH: 0 to 20%) to afford compound A9 (mixture of P-diastereoisomers) as an orange residue in 5% yield. MS (ESI) m/z = 644.2 (MH+).
[00260] To a solution of compound A9 (0.024 mmol) in MeOH (20mL/mmol) and water (10 mL/mmol) was added trifluoroacetic acid (0.26 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by RP-18 chromatography (eluent: H20/ CH3CN: 0 to 40%>) to afford compound 36a (mixture of P-diastereoisomers) as a white solid in 52% yield. MS (ESI) m/z = 589.2 (MH+); 1H NMR (MeOD, 400MHz) δ (ppm) 7.86-7.83 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.32-6.28 (m, 1H), 5.01-4.93 (m, 1H), 4.64-4.56 (m, 3H), 4.21-4.14 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.88 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.23-1.17 (m, 6H); 31P NMR (MeOD, 162MHz) δ (ppm) 4.13 (s, 0.66P), 3.56 (s, 0.34P); 19F NMR (MeOD, 376.50MHz) δ (ppm) -122.8 (s, 0.34F), -123.16 (s, 0.66F).
Example 2
In Vitro Inhibition of Hep G2 Hepatocytes
[00261] Materials
[00262] Cells were grown in RPMI-1640 supplemented with L-glutamine and 10% FBS: HepG2.
[00263] Method
[00264] 96 well plates of HepG2 cell line were seeded with the optimized number of cells per well in a total volume of 50 per well. The plates were left overnight. Some wells were seeded with 100 of media for media control. The following day, cells were exposed to test compounds. At same time as drug exposure, a CTG assay was conducted on 1st plate for the 0 hr count.
[00265] 2X stocks of each compound in media were prepared for dosing, as follows:
100,000 nM: 40 μΕ 10 mM + 3.96 mL medium
20,000 nM: 1 mL 100,000 nM + 4 mL mix
4,000 nM: 1 mL 20,000 nM + 4 mL mix
800 nM: 1 mL 4,000 nM + 4 mL mix 160 nM: 1 niL 800 nM + 4 mL mix
32 nM: 1 niL 160 nM + 4 mL mix
6.4 nM: 1 niL 32 nM + 4 mL mix
1.28 nM: 1 mL 6.4 nM + 4 mL mix
[00266] 50 of above 2X stocks were added to cells and medium already on plate to give final concentrations. 50 μΐ, media were added to cell control wells, and 50 μί of mix added to vehicle control wells. 10 μΜ Dox was added to appropriate wells. Cells exposed to test compounds were incubated at 37 °C for 72 hr followed by a CTG assay.
[00267] CellTiter-Glo
[00268] At the end of the 72 hr exposure period, plates were removed for a CellTiter-Glo (CTG) assay from a 37 °C, 5% C02 incubator and placed on the bench at room temperature for 30 mins. 100 μΐ, of CellTiter-Glo reagent was added and mixed for 2 mins, followed by a further 10 min incubation at room temperature. Luminescence was recorded using Synergy 4.0.
[00269] Results are provided in Table 1.
Table 1 - In Vitro Inhibition of Hep G2 Hepatocytes
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
ICsn (nM) is provided as follows:
+++++ < 10 < ++++ < 100 < +++ < 1,000 < ++ < 10,000 < +
Example 3
Plasma and Liver Pharmacokinetics Following a Single Oral Dose In CD-I Mice
[00270] A single oral dose of test compound in PEG 200 (dose volume 5 mL/kg) was administered to C57BL/6 male mice. Five untreated animals were used for the collection of control plasma and liver. Terminal plasma and liver samples were collected from three animals per time point at 1, 2, 4, 12, and 24 hours post dose. Liver specimens were collected from all animals immediately after the incision. Freezing forceps stored in liquid nitrogen were used to freeze the liver before excision.
[00271] Plasma samples were analyzed for analyte by LC-MS/MS. The internal standards (IS) were trazodone and D3-2'-MeG. For protein precipitation and extraction, each plasma sample (50 μί) was treated with 500 of 0.2% formic acid in acetonitrile and 20 of the internal standard working solution. After vortexing and centrifugation, 500μί of the sample extracts were transferred to a new plate, dried under N2 at -28 °C, and reconstituted with 75 μί of 0.2% FA in water. The extracts were chromatographed on an Aquasil C18 column using a gradient system of 0.2% formic acid in water and acetonitrile. The analytes were detected and quantified by tandem mass spectrometry in positive ion mode on an MDS Sciex API5000 equipped with a Turbo Ionspray® interface. The calibration range was 0.500 (LLOQ) to 500 ng/mL in mouse plasma. The corresponding range for molar units was 1.67 to 1672 pmol/mL.
[00272] Liver samples were analyzed for corresponding active triphosphate species by LC- MS/MS. Triphosphate levels were assayed by homogenizing (on ice) a known weight of mouse liver with 4X volume of 0.95 M trichloroacetic acid (TCA). Internal standard solution was added to the homogenate followed by neutralization with 20% ammonium hydroxide solution and addition of 500 μΐ, 1%> formic acid. The tissue samples were extracted by weak anion exchange solid phase extraction (SPE). Post extraction, the eluates were evaporated under nitrogen, followed by reconstitution before injection onto the LC -MS/MS system. The samples were chromato graphed on a Luna NH2 column using a gradient system of ammonium acetate (1 mM to 20 mM and pH 8.0 to pH 10.0) in water and acetonitrile (70:30). The analyte was detected and quantified by tandem mass spectrometry in positive ion mode on an API4000 equipped with a Turbo Ionspray® interface. The calibration range was 10 to 10000 pmol/mL in mouse liver homogenate (50 to 50000 pmol/g of mouse liver).
[00273] Results are provided in Table 2.
Table 2 - Mouse Liver Pharmacokinetics
Figure imgf000125_0001
Dose AUCiast
Compound Analyte Tmax Cmax Tiast Clast
(mg/kg) (hr) (pmol/g) (hr»pmol g) (hr) (pmol/g)
GemU
4 +++ ++++ 4 +++ TP
GemC
1 ++ + 24 + TP
Gemcitabine 90
GemU
2 ++ + 24 + TP
AUCiast is provided as follows:
+ < 10,000 < ++ < 50,000 < +++ < 150,000 < ++++ < 500,000 < +++++
CmaY and Gasf are provided as follows:
+ < 1,000 < ++ < 5,000 < +++ < 15,000 < ++++ < 50,000 < +++++ The chemical structures of the analytes GemU TP and GemC TP are:
Figure imgf000126_0001
(GemU TP)
[00274] The chemical structure of gemcitabine is provided below.
Figure imgf000126_0002
(Gemcitabine)
[00275] The fold change in mouse liver GemC TP compared to parent Nuc GemC and GemU TP were calculated and are provided in Table 3.
Table 3 - Fold Change in Mouse Liver
Figure imgf000127_0001
(Diastereomer 2)
Fold change is provided as follows:
+ < 5 < ++ < 10 < +++ < 25 < ++++ < 50 < +++++ < 100 < ++++++
[00276] While the claimed subject matter has been described in terms of various embodiments, the skilled artisan will appreciate that various modifications, substitutions, omissions, and changes may be made without departing from the spirit thereof. Accordingly, it is intended that the scope of the claimed subject matter is limited solely by the scope of the following claims, including equivalents thereof.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound according to Formula I or VI:
Figure imgf000128_0001
(I) or (VI) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Base is a nucleobase; X is O or S; W is O or S; Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, alkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl;
R is alkyl, arylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, carboxylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aminoalkyl, hydroxylalkyl, aminoiminoaminoalkyl, aminocarbonylalkyl, sulfanylalkyl, carbamoylalkyl, alkylsulfanylalkyl, or hydroxylarylalkyl;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, or halogen;
Z is hydrogen;
Z4 is hydroxyl, halogen, amino, or alkynyl; V is hydrogen, halogen, or amino; subject to the proviso that when, in Formula I: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either V is halogen; or Z4 is halogen, amino, or alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
2. The compound of claim 1 according to Formula la or lb:
Figure imgf000129_0001
(la) (lb)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Base is
Figure imgf000129_0002
, , or a tautomeric form thereof;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo; Z4 is hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-C11 substituted alkynyl;
1' 2'
V is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- C11 unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, -NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate;
heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that when, in Formula I: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either V is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo; or Z4 is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
4. The compound of claim 1 according to Formula II, Ila or lib:
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000132_0002
(Ila) (lib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or cyano.
5. The compound of claim 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Figure imgf000132_0003
, or a tautomeric form thereof;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z1 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or cyano;
Z is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, or iodo;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, -NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or
multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more
heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation
substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or
phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that when, in Formula II: Z1 is hydrogen, then: either Z4 is chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, -NR R , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl; or Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
6. The compound of claim 1 according to Formula III, Ilia or Illb:
Figure imgf000135_0001
(III)
Figure imgf000135_0002
(Ilia) (Illb)
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z4 is fluoro, amino, or alkynyl.
The compound of claim 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Base is
Figure imgf000135_0003
, , or a tautomeric form thereof;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
Z4 is fluoro, -NR1 R2 , C2-Cn unsubstituted alkynyl, or C2-Cn substituted alkynyl;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, -NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and subject to the proviso that Base is a nucleobase other than adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
8. The compound of claim 1 according to Formula IV, IVa or IVb:
Figure imgf000138_0001
(IV)
Figure imgf000138_0002
(IVa) (IVb)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Z is hydrogen or hydroxyl; and Base is other than adenine, guanosine, cytosine, thymine, or uracil.
9. The compound of claim 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Base is
Figure imgf000138_0003
, , or a tautomeric form thereof;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-Ci2 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-Ci2 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CC13, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, -NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate;
heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
10. The compound of claim 1 according to Formula V, Va or Vb:
Figure imgf000141_0001
(V)
Figure imgf000141_0002
(Va) (Vb)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
1 1. The compound of claim 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Base is
Figure imgf000141_0003
tautomeric form thereof;
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2' -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NR
C(NH)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NR1 R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl), -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -OR', chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, sulfanyl, -NR1 R2 , -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRrR2', or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2';
5 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, -NR R , azido, or -OR';
R6 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, or Ci to Cio substituted alkyl;
7 1' 2'
R is hydrogen, hydroxyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, or -NR R ;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R' at each occurrence is independently Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, or cycloalkyl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, -NH-(C3-Ci5 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate.
12. The compound of claim 1 according to Formula VI, Via or VIb:
Figure imgf000143_0001
(VI)
Figure imgf000144_0001
(Via) (VIb)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Base is cytosine.
13. The compound of claim 12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Ar is aryl or heteroaryl;
R1 is hydrogen, Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)- heteroaryl, or -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl;
R is Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to C10 substituted alkyl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 substituted alkyl)-aryl, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-heterocyclo, -(Ci to C10 unsubstituted alkyl )-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio
1' 2'
substituted alkyl)-heteroaryl, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NR R , -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-OH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-NRr-C(NH)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-NRr- C(NH)-NR1 R2, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-SH, -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-C(0)-NRrR2', -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-S-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl)-aryl-OH, or -(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl)-aryl-OH;
1' 2'
R and R at each occurrence are independently hydrogen, Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl, Ci to Cio substituted alkyl, C2-Cn unsubstituted alkenyl, C2-Cn substituted alkenyl, C2- Cii unsubstituted alkynyl, C2-Cn substituted alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclo, aryl, or heteroaryl; aryl at each occurrence is independently C6-C12 unsubstituted aryl; or C6-C12 aryl substituted with one or more fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, methyl, CF3, CCI3, CFC12, CF2C1, ethyl, CH2CF3, CF2CF3, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, secbutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, hydroxyl, -NH2, -NH-(Ci to Cio unsubstituted alkyl), -NH-(Ci to Cio substituted alkyl), -NH-aryl, -NH-(C3-C15 cycloalkyl), methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; cycloalkyl at each occurrence is independently C3-C15 unsubstituted cycloalkyl or C3- Ci5 cycloalkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate;
heterocyclo at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic non-aromatic that contains at least one non-aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heterocyclo is bonded through the non-aromatic ring, and wherein heterocyclo has from three to twenty ring atoms; heteroaryl at each occurrence is independently a monovalent monocyclic or multicyclic aromatic that contains at least one aromatic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from O, S, and N in the ring, wherein heteroaryl is bonded through the aromatic ring, wherein the total number of heteroatoms in each ring is four or less and each ring contains at least one carbon atom, and wherein heteroaryl has from five to twenty ring atoms; substituted alkenyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched olefinically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of olefinic unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; substituted alkynyl at each occurrence is independently a straight-chained or branched acetylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon having at least one site of alkynyl unsaturation substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, 1 ,2-dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or phosphonate; and substituted alkyl at each occurrence is independently alkyl substituted with fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, oxo, epoxy, hydroxyl, carbonyl, sulfanyl, -NH2, methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1 ,2- dimethylbutoxy, nitro, cyano, sulfonic acid, sulfate, phosphonic acid, phosphate, or
phosphonate.
14. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
15. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -OH; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
16. The compound of any of claims 1-3 wherein Z1 is -F; Z2 is -OH; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -H; and V is -H.
17. The compound of any of claims 1-14 wherein Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
18. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -F; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
19. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -F; Z2 is -CI; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
20. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -CI; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
21. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
22. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -CI; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
23. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -F; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
24. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
25. The compound of any of claims 1-7 wherein Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is - C≡CH; and V is -H.
26. The compound of any of claims 1-7 wherein Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -F; and V is -H.
27. The compound of any of claims 1-9 wherein Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -NH2; and V is -H.
28. The compound of any of claims 1-3, 10, 11 wherein Z1 is -H; Z2 is -F; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -F.
29. The compound of any of claims 1-5 wherein Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -H.
30. The compound of any of claims 1-3 wherein Z1 is -CN; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and V is -NH2.
31. The compound of any of claims 1 , 2, 4, or 8, wherein Z1 is -H; Z2 is -H; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and Base is selected from
Figure imgf000147_0001
, an
32. The compound of any of claims 1, 2, 4, or 8, wherein Z1 is -H; Z2 is -OH; Z3 is -H; Z4 is -OH; and Base is selected from
Figure imgf000147_0002
The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein R is methyl.
34. The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein Ar is phenyl.
The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein R is isopropyl.
The compound of any the preceding claims, wherein:
Base is
Figure imgf000147_0003
, or a tautomeric form thereof; R4 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, halogen, sulfanyl, amino, or aminoalkyl;
R5 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, amino, azido, or alkoxyl;
R6 is hydrogen, halogen, or alkyl; and
R7 is hydrogen, hydroxyl, halogen, or amino.
37. The compound of any of the preceding claims wherein the group N-linked to the phosphorus atom is a D-amino acid residue, or a derivative thereof.
38. The compound of any of the preceding claims with R? stereochemistry.
39. The compound of any of the preceding claims with Sp stereochemistry.
40. The compound of any of the preceding claims that is substantially pure.
41. The compound of any of the preceding claims that is isolated.
42. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any of the preceding claims and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier or diluent.
43. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 42, wherein the composition is an oral formulation.
44. A method for the treatment of a subject with liver cancer, comprising the administration of an effective amount of a compound or composition of any one of the preceding claims.
45. The method of claim 44, wherein the host is a human.
46. The method of claim 44 or 45 wherein the liver cancer is hepatocellular carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or biliary tract cancer.
47. The method of any of claims 44-46, wherein the administration directs a substantial amount of the compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a liver of the subject.
PCT/US2014/067485 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer WO2015081133A2 (en)

Priority Applications (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
MX2016006919A MX2016006919A (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer.
CN201480074219.4A CN105934438A (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer
AU2014354775A AU2014354775A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer
RU2016125213A RU2016125213A (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 NUCLEOTIDES FOR THE TREATMENT OF LIVER CANCER
US15/039,176 US10030044B2 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer
JP2016535003A JP2017504572A (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for liver cancer treatment
BR112016011949A BR112016011949A8 (pt) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 composto, composição farmacêutica, e, uso dos mesmos”
CA2931458A CA2931458A1 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer
EP14820984.4A EP3074411A2 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer
KR1020167016634A KR20160099090A (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361909941P 2013-11-27 2013-11-27
US61/909,941 2013-11-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015081133A2 true WO2015081133A2 (en) 2015-06-04
WO2015081133A3 WO2015081133A3 (en) 2015-12-17

Family

ID=52232414

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2014/067485 WO2015081133A2 (en) 2013-11-27 2014-11-25 Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (1) US10030044B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3074411A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2017504572A (en)
KR (1) KR20160099090A (en)
CN (1) CN105934438A (en)
AU (1) AU2014354775A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112016011949A8 (en)
CA (1) CA2931458A1 (en)
MX (1) MX2016006919A (en)
RU (1) RU2016125213A (en)
WO (1) WO2015081133A2 (en)

Cited By (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150175648A1 (en) * 2013-09-04 2015-06-25 Medivir Ab Hcv polymerase inhibitors
WO2015198058A1 (en) * 2014-06-25 2015-12-30 Nucana Biomed Limited Gemcitabine prodrugs
WO2016055769A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2016-04-14 Nucana Biomed Limited Methods of separating gemcitabine-phosphate diastereoisomers
WO2016069975A1 (en) * 2014-10-31 2016-05-06 Cocrystal Pharma, Inc. 2',2'-dihalo nucleoside analogs for treatment of the flaviviridae family of viruses and cancer
US9422323B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2016-08-23 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
WO2016189055A1 (en) * 2015-05-27 2016-12-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Nucleotides for the treatment of cancer
WO2017004454A1 (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-05 Eiger Group International, Inc. Use of chloroquine and clemizole compounds for treatment of inflammatory and cancerous conditions
WO2017151044A1 (en) * 2016-03-02 2017-09-08 Medivir Ab Combination therapy with sorafenib or regorafenib and a phosphoramidate prodrug of troxacitabine
US9828410B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-11-28 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
WO2017207989A1 (en) * 2016-06-01 2017-12-07 Nucana Biomed Limited Adenosine derivatives for use in the treatment of cancer
WO2018013937A1 (en) 2016-07-14 2018-01-18 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-4'-fluoro-n6-substituted-6-amino-2-substituted purine nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infection
EP3119795A4 (en) * 2014-03-03 2018-03-14 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gemcitabine analogs
WO2018048937A1 (en) 2016-09-07 2018-03-15 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for rna virus treatment
US10144750B2 (en) 2014-08-25 2018-12-04 Medivir Ab Dioxolane analogues of cytidine for the treatment of cancer
US10202412B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2019-02-12 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-substituted-4′-substituted-2-substituted-N6-substituted-6-aminopurinenucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections
US10202411B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2019-02-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 3′-substituted methyl or alkynyl nucleosides nucleotides for the treatment of HCV
US10231986B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2019-03-19 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2′-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
US10238680B2 (en) 2013-08-01 2019-03-26 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease
US10435429B2 (en) 2017-10-03 2019-10-08 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5-fluorouridine monophosphate cyclic triester compounds
US10513534B2 (en) 2012-10-08 2019-12-24 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 2′-chloro nucleoside analogs for HCV infection
US10570168B2 (en) 2014-11-28 2020-02-25 NuCana plc 2′ and/or 5′ amino-acid ester phosphoramidate 3′-deoxy adenosine derivatives as anti- cancer compounds
US10660912B2 (en) 2015-10-05 2020-05-26 NuCana plc Combination therapy for cancer
US10717758B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2020-07-21 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc D-amino acid compounds for liver disease
US10766917B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2020-09-08 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Nucleotides for the treatment of cancer
US10786523B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2020-09-29 NuCana plc Formulation comprising a gemcitabine-prodrug
US10874687B1 (en) 2020-02-27 2020-12-29 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19
US10906929B2 (en) 2016-06-01 2021-02-02 NuCana plc Phosphoramidate nucleoside derivatives as anticancer agents
US11040997B2 (en) 2012-11-16 2021-06-22 NuCana plc Process for preparing nucleoside prodrugs
US11377467B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2022-07-05 NuCana plc Crystalline form of gemcitabine
US11414452B2 (en) 2017-06-14 2022-08-16 NuCana plc Synthesis of phosphate derivatives
US11427550B2 (en) 2018-01-19 2022-08-30 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5-fluorouracil compounds
US11566041B2 (en) 2020-04-21 2023-01-31 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleotide prodrug compounds
US11690860B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2023-07-04 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of HCV infected patients with cirrhosis

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106478753A (en) * 2015-09-16 2017-03-08 博瑞生物医药(苏州)股份有限公司 A kind of preparation method of NUC 1031 individual isomer and purposes
CN106543220A (en) 2015-09-16 2017-03-29 博瑞生物医药(苏州)股份有限公司 Phosphoramidate compounds and preparation method thereof and crystal
IL295609B2 (en) 2017-02-01 2023-11-01 Atea Pharmaceuticals Inc Nucleotide hemi-sulfate salt for the treatment of hepatitis c virus
US20220241310A1 (en) * 2019-06-05 2022-08-04 Southern Research Institute Thiarabine- and thiarabine prodrug-based treatments

Citations (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3536809A (en) 1969-02-17 1970-10-27 Alza Corp Medication method
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en) 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4008719A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-02-22 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US5059595A (en) 1989-03-22 1991-10-22 Bioresearch, S.P.A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing 5-methyltetrahydrofolic acid, 5-formyltetrahydrofolic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts in controlled-release form active in the therapy of organic mental disturbances
US5073543A (en) 1988-07-21 1991-12-17 G. D. Searle & Co. Controlled release formulations of trophic factors in ganglioside-lipsome vehicle
US5120548A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Swelling modulated polymeric drug delivery device
US5354556A (en) 1984-10-30 1994-10-11 Elan Corporation, Plc Controlled release powder and process for its preparation
US5591767A (en) 1993-01-25 1997-01-07 Pharmetrix Corporation Liquid reservoir transdermal patch for the administration of ketorolac
US5639480A (en) 1989-07-07 1997-06-17 Sandoz Ltd. Sustained release formulations of water soluble peptides
US5639476A (en) 1992-01-27 1997-06-17 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release formulations coated with aqueous dispersions of acrylic polymers
US5674533A (en) 1994-07-07 1997-10-07 Recordati, S.A., Chemical And Pharmaceutical Company Pharmaceutical composition for the controlled release of moguisteine in a liquid suspension
US5733566A (en) 1990-05-15 1998-03-31 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Controlled release of antiparasitic agents in animals
US5739108A (en) 1984-10-04 1998-04-14 Monsanto Company Prolonged release of biologically active polypeptides
US5891474A (en) 1997-01-29 1999-04-06 Poli Industria Chimica, S.P.A. Time-specific controlled release dosage formulations and method of preparing same
US5922356A (en) 1996-10-09 1999-07-13 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Sustained release formulation
US5972891A (en) 1992-12-07 1999-10-26 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation
US5980945A (en) 1996-01-16 1999-11-09 Societe De Conseils De Recherches Et D'applications Scientifique S.A. Sustained release drug formulations
US5993855A (en) 1995-09-18 1999-11-30 Shiseido Company, Ltd. Delayed drug-releasing microspheres
US6045830A (en) 1995-09-04 2000-04-04 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method of production of sustained-release preparation
US6087324A (en) 1993-06-24 2000-07-11 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation
US6113943A (en) 1996-10-31 2000-09-05 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation capable of releasing a physiologically active substance
US6197350B1 (en) 1996-12-20 2001-03-06 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method of producing a sustained-release preparation
US6248363B1 (en) 1999-11-23 2001-06-19 Lipocine, Inc. Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions
US6264970B1 (en) 1996-06-26 2001-07-24 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation
US6267981B1 (en) 1995-06-27 2001-07-31 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method of producing sustained-release preparation
US6419961B1 (en) 1996-08-29 2002-07-16 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained release microcapsules of a bioactive substance and a biodegradable polymer
US6589548B1 (en) 1998-05-16 2003-07-08 Mogam Biotechnology Research Institute Controlled drug delivery system using the conjugation of drug to biodegradable polyester
US6613358B2 (en) 1998-03-18 2003-09-02 Theodore W. Randolph Sustained-release composition including amorphous polymer

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6683061B1 (en) 1999-07-22 2004-01-27 Newbiotics, Inc. Enzyme catalyzed therapeutic activation
GB0317009D0 (en) * 2003-07-21 2003-08-27 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
GB0505781D0 (en) 2005-03-21 2005-04-27 Univ Cardiff Chemical compounds
WO2007056596A2 (en) * 2005-11-09 2007-05-18 Wayne State University Phosphoramidate derivatives of fau
DE102006037786A1 (en) 2006-08-11 2008-03-20 Resprotect Gmbh Nucleosides, pharmaceuticals containing them and their use
WO2009052050A1 (en) 2007-10-15 2009-04-23 Pharmasset, Inc. Dioxolane thymine phosphoramidates as anti-hiv agents
KR20130110170A (en) * 2010-09-22 2013-10-08 앨리오스 바이오파마 인크. Substituted nucleotide analogs
US20120070411A1 (en) 2010-09-22 2012-03-22 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleotide analogs
US20120142627A1 (en) * 2010-12-06 2012-06-07 Emory University Monophosphate prodrugs of dapd and analogs thereof
AU2011349278C1 (en) 2010-12-22 2017-01-19 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Cyclic nucleotide analogs
HUE044605T2 (en) * 2012-11-16 2019-11-28 Univ College Cardiff Consultants Ltd Mixture of rp/sp gemcitabine-[phenyl-(benzyloxy-l-alaninyl)]-phosphate
RU2534613C2 (en) 2013-03-22 2014-11-27 Александр Васильевич Иващенко Alkyl2-{[(2r,3s,5r)-5-(4-amino-2-oxo-2h-pyrimidine-1-yl)- -hydroxy- tetrahydro-furan-2-ylmethoxy]-phenoxy-phosphorylamino}-proptonates, nucleoside inhibitors of rna-polymerase hcv ns5b, methods for producing and using them
UA117375C2 (en) * 2013-09-04 2018-07-25 Медівір Аб Hcv polymerase inhibitors
US20160271160A1 (en) 2013-10-17 2016-09-22 Medivir Ab Hcv polymerase inhibitors
US10059733B2 (en) * 2014-03-03 2018-08-28 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gemcitabine analogs
CN104119385B (en) 2014-07-24 2017-04-05 廖国超 The phosphate prodrugs of nucleoside analog and its application

Patent Citations (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3536809A (en) 1969-02-17 1970-10-27 Alza Corp Medication method
US3598123A (en) 1969-04-01 1971-08-10 Alza Corp Bandage for administering drugs
US3845770A (en) 1972-06-05 1974-11-05 Alza Corp Osmatic dispensing device for releasing beneficial agent
US3916899A (en) 1973-04-25 1975-11-04 Alza Corp Osmotic dispensing device with maximum and minimum sizes for the passageway
US4008719A (en) 1976-02-02 1977-02-22 Alza Corporation Osmotic system having laminar arrangement for programming delivery of active agent
US5739108A (en) 1984-10-04 1998-04-14 Monsanto Company Prolonged release of biologically active polypeptides
US5354556A (en) 1984-10-30 1994-10-11 Elan Corporation, Plc Controlled release powder and process for its preparation
US5073543A (en) 1988-07-21 1991-12-17 G. D. Searle & Co. Controlled release formulations of trophic factors in ganglioside-lipsome vehicle
US5059595A (en) 1989-03-22 1991-10-22 Bioresearch, S.P.A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing 5-methyltetrahydrofolic acid, 5-formyltetrahydrofolic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts in controlled-release form active in the therapy of organic mental disturbances
US5639480A (en) 1989-07-07 1997-06-17 Sandoz Ltd. Sustained release formulations of water soluble peptides
US5120548A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-06-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Swelling modulated polymeric drug delivery device
US5733566A (en) 1990-05-15 1998-03-31 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics Inc. Ii Controlled release of antiparasitic agents in animals
US5639476A (en) 1992-01-27 1997-06-17 Euro-Celtique, S.A. Controlled release formulations coated with aqueous dispersions of acrylic polymers
US5972891A (en) 1992-12-07 1999-10-26 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation
US5591767A (en) 1993-01-25 1997-01-07 Pharmetrix Corporation Liquid reservoir transdermal patch for the administration of ketorolac
US6376461B1 (en) 1993-06-24 2002-04-23 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation
US6087324A (en) 1993-06-24 2000-07-11 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation
US5674533A (en) 1994-07-07 1997-10-07 Recordati, S.A., Chemical And Pharmaceutical Company Pharmaceutical composition for the controlled release of moguisteine in a liquid suspension
US6267981B1 (en) 1995-06-27 2001-07-31 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method of producing sustained-release preparation
US6045830A (en) 1995-09-04 2000-04-04 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method of production of sustained-release preparation
US5993855A (en) 1995-09-18 1999-11-30 Shiseido Company, Ltd. Delayed drug-releasing microspheres
US5980945A (en) 1996-01-16 1999-11-09 Societe De Conseils De Recherches Et D'applications Scientifique S.A. Sustained release drug formulations
US6264970B1 (en) 1996-06-26 2001-07-24 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation
US6419961B1 (en) 1996-08-29 2002-07-16 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained release microcapsules of a bioactive substance and a biodegradable polymer
US5922356A (en) 1996-10-09 1999-07-13 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Sustained release formulation
US6113943A (en) 1996-10-31 2000-09-05 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation capable of releasing a physiologically active substance
US6699500B2 (en) 1996-10-31 2004-03-02 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Sustained-release preparation capable of releasing a physiologically active substance
US6197350B1 (en) 1996-12-20 2001-03-06 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Method of producing a sustained-release preparation
US5891474A (en) 1997-01-29 1999-04-06 Poli Industria Chimica, S.P.A. Time-specific controlled release dosage formulations and method of preparing same
US6613358B2 (en) 1998-03-18 2003-09-02 Theodore W. Randolph Sustained-release composition including amorphous polymer
US6589548B1 (en) 1998-05-16 2003-07-08 Mogam Biotechnology Research Institute Controlled drug delivery system using the conjugation of drug to biodegradable polyester
US6248363B1 (en) 1999-11-23 2001-06-19 Lipocine, Inc. Solid carriers for improved delivery of active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions

Non-Patent Citations (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"AEROSIL", W.R. GRACE CO. OF BALTIMORE
"Goodman & Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis Of Basis Of Therapeutics", 1996, MC-GRAW-HILL
"Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms", 1985, LEA & FEBIGER
"Physician's Desk Reference (PDR", 2003, MEDICAL ECONOMICS CO., INC.
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1980, MACK PUBLISHING
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 2000, MACK PUBLISHING
BLOCK T M ET AL., ONCOGENE, vol. 22, 2003, pages 5093 - 5107
BUCHWALD ET AL., SURGERY, vol. 88, 1980, pages 507
FOSTER ET AL., ADV. DRUG RES., vol. 14, 1985, pages 1 - 36
GATELY, J. NUCL. MED., vol. 27, 1986, pages 388
GHAZALY ET AL.: "ProGem 1: A Phase I/II Study of a first-in-class nucleotide analogue Acelarin (NUC-1031) in patients with advanced solid tumours", 2014 ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY /ASCO 2014/, 30 May 2014 (2014-05-30), Chicago, pages 1pp, XP055224776
GHAZALY ET AL.: "ProGem 1: Phase I first-in-human study of the novel nucleotide analogue in adult patients with advanced solid tumours", ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY /ASCO 2013/, 3 June 2013 (2013-06-03), Chicago, XP055618372
GOODSON, MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF CONTROLLED RELEASE, vol. 2, 1984, pages 115 - 138
GORDON, DRUG METAB. DISPOS., vol. 15, 1987, pages 589
GREENE ET AL.: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1991, JOHN WILEY AND SONS
JENS T. CARSTENSEN: "Drug Stability: Principles & Practice", 1995, MARCEL DEKKER, pages: 379 - 80
KUSHNER ET AL., CAN. J. PHYSIOL. PHARMACOL., vol. 77, 1999, pages 79 - 88
LANGER, SCIENCE, vol. 249, 1990, pages 1527 - 1533
LIJINSKY, FOOD COSMET. TOXICOL., vol. 20, 1982, pages 393
LIJINSKY, J. NAT. CANCER INST., vol. 69, 1982, pages 1127
MANGOLD, MUTATION RES., vol. 308, 1994, pages 33
SAUDEK ET AL., N. ENGL. J. MED., vol. 321, 1989, pages 574
See also references of EP3074411A2
SEFTON, CRC CRIT. REF. BIOMED. ENG., vol. 14, 1987, pages 201
SLUSARCZYK ET AL.: "Application of ProTide Technology to Gemcitabine: A Successful Approach to Overcome Key Cancer Resistance Mechanisms Leads to a New Agent (NUC-1031) in Clinical Development", J.MED.CHEM., vol. 57, 28 January 2014 (2014-01-28), pages 1531 - 1542, XP055568914
WADE D, CHEM. BIOL. INTERACT., vol. 117, 1999, pages 191
ZELLO, METABOLISM, vol. 43, 1994, pages 487

Cited By (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10717758B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2020-07-21 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc D-amino acid compounds for liver disease
US10301347B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2019-05-28 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
US10544184B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2020-01-28 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
US9422323B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2016-08-23 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
US10040814B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2018-08-07 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
US10774106B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2020-09-15 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
US9845336B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2017-12-19 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Uracyl spirooxetane nucleosides
US10513534B2 (en) 2012-10-08 2019-12-24 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 2′-chloro nucleoside analogs for HCV infection
US11040997B2 (en) 2012-11-16 2021-06-22 NuCana plc Process for preparing nucleoside prodrugs
US10231986B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2019-03-19 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2′-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
US10238680B2 (en) 2013-08-01 2019-03-26 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease
US9540411B2 (en) 2013-09-04 2017-01-10 Medivir Ab HCV polymerase inhibitors
US9828408B2 (en) 2013-09-04 2017-11-28 Medivir Ab HCV polymerase inhibitors
US10106571B2 (en) 2013-09-04 2018-10-23 Medivir Ab HCV polymerase inhibitors
US20150175648A1 (en) * 2013-09-04 2015-06-25 Medivir Ab Hcv polymerase inhibitors
US9481703B2 (en) * 2013-09-04 2016-11-01 Medivir Ab HCV polymerase inhibitors
EP3119795A4 (en) * 2014-03-03 2018-03-14 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gemcitabine analogs
US10059733B2 (en) 2014-03-03 2018-08-28 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Gemcitabine analogs
US10202411B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2019-02-12 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc 3′-substituted methyl or alkynyl nucleosides nucleotides for the treatment of HCV
KR20170043479A (en) * 2014-06-25 2017-04-21 뉴카나 바이오메드 리미티드 Gemcitabine prodrugs
AU2015278899B2 (en) * 2014-06-25 2019-07-18 NuCana plc Gemcitabine prodrugs
AU2019216626B2 (en) * 2014-06-25 2020-07-23 NuCana plc Gemcitabine prodrugs
US11040051B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2021-06-22 NuCana plc Formulation comprising a gemcitabine-prodrug
KR102407935B1 (en) 2014-06-25 2022-06-10 뉴카나 피엘씨 Gemcitabine prodrugs
US10662213B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2020-05-26 NuCana plc Gemcitabine prodrugs
US10786523B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2020-09-29 NuCana plc Formulation comprising a gemcitabine-prodrug
EP3757112A1 (en) * 2014-06-25 2020-12-30 Nucana PLC Gemcitabine prodrugs
KR20220080220A (en) * 2014-06-25 2022-06-14 뉴카나 피엘씨 Gemcitabine prodrugs
US11629164B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2023-04-18 NuCana plc Gemcitabine prodrugs
EA034890B1 (en) * 2014-06-25 2020-04-02 НУКАНА ПиЭлСи Gemcitabine prodrugs
US11707477B2 (en) 2014-06-25 2023-07-25 NuCana plc Formulation comprising a gemcitabine-prodrug
KR102563040B1 (en) 2014-06-25 2023-08-02 뉴카나 피엘씨 Gemcitabine prodrugs
WO2015198058A1 (en) * 2014-06-25 2015-12-30 Nucana Biomed Limited Gemcitabine prodrugs
US10654877B2 (en) 2014-08-25 2020-05-19 Medivir Ab Dioxolane analogues of uridine for the treatment of cancer
CN110804072A (en) * 2014-08-25 2020-02-18 美迪维尔公司 Dioxolane analogues of uridine for the treatment of cancer
CN110804072B (en) * 2014-08-25 2023-05-12 美迪维尔公司 Dioxolane analogues of uridine for use in the treatment of cancer
US11447511B2 (en) 2014-08-25 2022-09-20 Medivir Ab Dioxolane analogues of uridine for the treatment of cancer
US10336780B2 (en) 2014-08-25 2019-07-02 Medivir Ab Dioxolane analogues of uridine for the treatment of cancer
CN110790789B (en) * 2014-08-25 2023-05-12 美迪维尔公司 Dioxolane analogues of uridine for use in the treatment of cancer
CN110790789A (en) * 2014-08-25 2020-02-14 美迪维尔公司 Dioxolane analogues of uridine for the treatment of cancer
US10144750B2 (en) 2014-08-25 2018-12-04 Medivir Ab Dioxolane analogues of cytidine for the treatment of cancer
US10822360B2 (en) 2014-08-25 2020-11-03 Medivir Ab Dioxolane analogues of uridine for the treatment of cancer
EP3725794A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2020-10-21 NuCana plc Crystalline form of gemcitabine-(s)-phosphate diastereoisomer
EA033118B1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2019-08-30 НУКАНА ПиЭлСи Methods of separating gemcitabine-phosphate diastereoisomers
WO2016055769A1 (en) * 2014-10-06 2016-04-14 Nucana Biomed Limited Methods of separating gemcitabine-phosphate diastereoisomers
US10669300B2 (en) 2014-10-06 2020-06-02 NuCana plc Methods of separating gemcitabine-phosphate diastereoisomers
WO2016069975A1 (en) * 2014-10-31 2016-05-06 Cocrystal Pharma, Inc. 2',2'-dihalo nucleoside analogs for treatment of the flaviviridae family of viruses and cancer
US10570168B2 (en) 2014-11-28 2020-02-25 NuCana plc 2′ and/or 5′ amino-acid ester phosphoramidate 3′-deoxy adenosine derivatives as anti- cancer compounds
US11352387B2 (en) 2014-11-28 2022-06-07 NuCana plc 2′ and/or 5′ amino-acid ester phosphoramidate 3′-deoxy adenosine derivatives as anti-cancer compounds
US10239911B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2019-03-26 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-D-2′-deoxy-2′-alpha-fluoro-2′-beta-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US10000523B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-06-19 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US9828410B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2017-11-28 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US10005811B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-06-26 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US10815266B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-10-27 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US10875885B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-12-29 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-d-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-c-substituted-2-modified-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US10870673B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-12-22 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US10870672B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2020-12-22 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-α-fluoro-2′-β-C-substituted-2-modified-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for HCV treatment
US10766917B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2020-09-08 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Nucleotides for the treatment of cancer
US10815264B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2020-10-27 Southern Research Institute Nucleotides for the treatment of cancer
WO2016189055A1 (en) * 2015-05-27 2016-12-01 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Nucleotides for the treatment of cancer
US10688083B2 (en) 2015-06-30 2020-06-23 Eiger Group International, Inc. Use of chloroquine and clemizole compounds for treatment of inflammatory and cancerous conditions
WO2017004454A1 (en) * 2015-06-30 2017-01-05 Eiger Group International, Inc. Use of chloroquine and clemizole compounds for treatment of inflammatory and cancerous conditions
US10660912B2 (en) 2015-10-05 2020-05-26 NuCana plc Combination therapy for cancer
US11377467B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2022-07-05 NuCana plc Crystalline form of gemcitabine
CN111956646A (en) * 2016-03-02 2020-11-20 麦迪维尔股份公司 Combination therapy of phosphoramidate prodrugs of sorafenib or regorafenib and troxacitabine
CN109069509B (en) * 2016-03-02 2020-10-16 麦迪维尔股份公司 Combination therapy of phosphoramidate prodrugs of sorafenib or regorafenib and troxacitabine
US10960017B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2021-03-30 Medivir Aktiebolag Sorafenib or regorafenib troxacitabine phosphoramidate prodrug combination therapy for liver cancer
CN111956646B (en) * 2016-03-02 2023-07-25 麦迪维尔股份公司 Combination therapy of sorafenib or regorafenib with phosphoramidate prodrugs of troxacitabine
CN109069509A (en) * 2016-03-02 2018-12-21 麦迪维尔股份公司 The combined therapy of the phosphoramidate prodrugs of Sorafenib or Rui Gefeini and troxacitabine
WO2017151044A1 (en) * 2016-03-02 2017-09-08 Medivir Ab Combination therapy with sorafenib or regorafenib and a phosphoramidate prodrug of troxacitabine
US10456413B2 (en) 2016-03-02 2019-10-29 Medivir Aktiebolag Combination therapy with sorafenib or regorafenib and a phosphoramidate prodrug of troxacitabine
US10906929B2 (en) 2016-06-01 2021-02-02 NuCana plc Phosphoramidate nucleoside derivatives as anticancer agents
WO2017207989A1 (en) * 2016-06-01 2017-12-07 Nucana Biomed Limited Adenosine derivatives for use in the treatment of cancer
CN109563122A (en) * 2016-06-01 2019-04-02 努卡那有限公司 Adenosine derivative for treating cancer
US10202412B2 (en) 2016-07-08 2019-02-12 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. β-D-2′-deoxy-2′-substituted-4′-substituted-2-substituted-N6-substituted-6-aminopurinenucleotides for the treatment of paramyxovirus and orthomyxovirus infections
WO2018013937A1 (en) 2016-07-14 2018-01-18 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-d-2'-deoxy-2'-alpha-fluoro-2'-beta-c-substituted-4'-fluoro-n6-substituted-6-amino-2-substituted purine nucleotides for the treatment of hepatitis c virus infection
WO2018048937A1 (en) 2016-09-07 2018-03-15 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for rna virus treatment
EP4088725A1 (en) 2016-09-07 2022-11-16 ATEA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for the treatment of a virus from the picornaviridae family
EP3865136A1 (en) 2016-09-07 2021-08-18 ATEA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2'-substituted-n6-substituted purine nucleotides for corona virus treatment
US10946033B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2021-03-16 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2′-substituted-N6-substituted purine nucleotides for RNA virus treatment
US11897913B2 (en) 2017-06-14 2024-02-13 NuCana plc Synthesis of 3′-deoxyadenosine-5′-O-[phenyl(benzyloxy-L-alaninyl)]phosphate (NUC-738)
US11414452B2 (en) 2017-06-14 2022-08-16 NuCana plc Synthesis of phosphate derivatives
US10435429B2 (en) 2017-10-03 2019-10-08 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5-fluorouridine monophosphate cyclic triester compounds
US11427550B2 (en) 2018-01-19 2022-08-30 Nucorion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5-fluorouracil compounds
US11690860B2 (en) 2018-04-10 2023-07-04 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of HCV infected patients with cirrhosis
US11707480B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2023-07-25 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19
US10874687B1 (en) 2020-02-27 2020-12-29 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19
US11738038B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2023-08-29 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19
US11813278B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2023-11-14 Atea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Highly active compounds against COVID-19
US11566041B2 (en) 2020-04-21 2023-01-31 Ligand Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleotide prodrug compounds

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2014354775A1 (en) 2016-05-19
US10030044B2 (en) 2018-07-24
JP2017504572A (en) 2017-02-09
KR20160099090A (en) 2016-08-19
BR112016011949A2 (en) 2017-08-08
WO2015081133A3 (en) 2015-12-17
US20170029456A1 (en) 2017-02-02
CN105934438A (en) 2016-09-07
CA2931458A1 (en) 2015-06-04
EP3074411A2 (en) 2016-10-05
BR112016011949A8 (pt) 2020-04-28
MX2016006919A (en) 2016-08-17
RU2016125213A (en) 2017-12-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10030044B2 (en) Nucleotides for the treatment of liver cancer
US10231986B2 (en) Amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of 2′-cyano, azido and amino nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
US9187515B2 (en) 2′,4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
US10238680B2 (en) D-amino acid phosphoramidate pronucleotides of halogeno pyrimidine compounds for liver disease
US9211300B2 (en) 4′-fluoro nucleosides for the treatment of HCV
EP2909222B1 (en) 2&#39;,4&#39;-bridged nucleosides for hcv infection
AU2015243437B2 (en) 10&#39;,11&#39;-modified saxitoxins useful for the treatment of pain
US20140112886A1 (en) Dinucleotide compounds for hcv infection
US20140248242A1 (en) Thiophosphate nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
EP3356370A1 (en) 11,13-modified saxitoxins for the treatment of pain
US20170198005A1 (en) 2&#39;-dichloro and 2&#39;-fluoro-2&#39;-chloro nucleoside analogues for hcv infection
EP3004130A1 (en) 1&#39;,4&#39;-thio nucleosides for the treatment of hcv
WO2015095419A1 (en) 4&#39;-or nucleosides for the treatment of hcv

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14820984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014354775

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20141125

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2931458

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016535003

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15039176

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2016/006919

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014820984

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014820984

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112016011949

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167016634

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016125213

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14820984

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112016011949

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20160525